3rd Generation Partnership Project;

Technical Specification Group Radio Access Network;

3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0(E-UTRA);
Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (2009-12)
User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception
Technical Specification
(Release 9)

The present document has been developed within the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP TM) and may be further elaborated for the purposes of 3GPP.

The present document has not been subject to any approval process by the 3GPP Organizational Partners and shall not be implemented.
This Specification is provided for future development work within 3GPP only. The Organizational Partners accept no liability for any use of this
Specification.
Specifications and reports for implementation of the 3GPP TM system should be obtained via the 3GPP Organizational Partners' Publications Offices.
Release 9 2 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Keywords
radio

3GPP

Postal address

3GPP support office address

650 Route des Lucioles - Sophia Antipolis
Valbonne - FRANCE
Tel.: +33 4 92 94 42 00 Fax: +33 4 93 65 47 16

Internet
http://www.3gpp.org

Copyright Notification

No part may be reproduced except as authorized by written permission.

The copyright and the foregoing restriction extend to reproduction in all media.

© 2009, 3GPP Organizational Partners (ARIB, ATIS, CCSA, ETSI, TTA, TTC).
All rights reserved.

UMTS™ is a Trade Mark of ETSI registered for the benefit of its members
3GPP™ is a Trade Mark of ETSI registered for the benefit of its Members and of the 3GPP Organizational Partners
LTE™ is a Trade Mark of ETSI currently being registered for the benefit of its Members and of the 3GPP Organizational Partners
GSM® and the GSM logo are registered and owned by the GSM Association

3GPP
Release 9 3 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Contents
Foreword......................................................................................................................................................9
1 Scope...............................................................................................................................................10
2 References.......................................................................................................................................10
3 Definitions, symbols and abbreviations..........................................................................................10
3.1 Definitions.................................................................................................................................................10
3.2 Symbols.....................................................................................................................................................11
3.3 Abbreviations............................................................................................................................................12
4 General............................................................................................................................................13
4.1 Relationship between minimum requirements and test requirements.......................................................13
4.2 Applicability of minimum requirements..................................................................................................13
5 Operating bands and channel arrangement.....................................................................................13
5.1 General......................................................................................................................................................13
5.2 Void...........................................................................................................................................................14
5.3 Void...........................................................................................................................................................14
5.4 Void...........................................................................................................................................................14
5.5 Operating bands........................................................................................................................................14
5.6 Channel bandwidth..............................................................................................................................14
5.6.1 Channel bandwidths per operating band........................................................................................15
5.7 Channel arrangement................................................................................................................................16
5.7.1 Channel spacing...................................................................................................................................16
5.7.2 Channel raster......................................................................................................................................17
5.7.3 Carrier frequency and EARFCN.........................................................................................................17
5.7.4 TX–RX frequency separation...................................................................................................................18
6 Transmitter characteristics..............................................................................................................19
6.1 General......................................................................................................................................................19
6.2 Transmit power.........................................................................................................................................19
6.2.1 Void.....................................................................................................................................................19
6.2.2 UE Maximum Output Power..............................................................................................................19
6.2.3 UE Maximum Output power for modulation / channel bandwidth.....................................................20
6.2.4 UE Maximum Output Power with additional requirements................................................................21
6.2.5 Configured transmitted Power.............................................................................................................22
6.3 Output power dynamics............................................................................................................................22
6.3.1 (Void)..................................................................................................................................................22
6.3.2 Minimum output power.......................................................................................................................22
6.3.2.1 Minimum requirement...................................................................................................................22
6.3.3 Transmit OFF power...........................................................................................................................23
6.3.3.1. Minimum requirement...................................................................................................................23
6.3.4 ON/OFF time mask...................................................................................................................................23
6.3.4.1 General ON/OFF time mask....................................................................................................................23
6.3.4.2 PRACH and SRS time mask..........................................................................................................24
6.3.4.2.1 PRACH time mask.........................................................................................................................24
6.3.4.2.2 SRS time mask...............................................................................................................................24
6.3.4.3 Slot / Sub frame boundary time mask............................................................................................25
6.3.4.4 PUCCH / PUSCH / SRS time mask..............................................................................................25
6.3.5 Power Control......................................................................................................................................27
6.3.5.1 Absolute Power Tolerance.............................................................................................................27
6.3.5.2 Relative Power tolerance...............................................................................................................28
6.3.5.3 Aggregate power control tolerance................................................................................................29
6.3.5.3.1 Minimum requirement.............................................................................................................29
6.4 Void...........................................................................................................................................................29
6.5 Transmit signal quality.............................................................................................................................29
6.5.1 Frequency error...................................................................................................................................29
6.5.2 Transmit modulation quality...............................................................................................................29

3GPP
Release 9 4 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

6.5.2.1 Error Vector Magnitude................................................................................................................30

6.5.2.1.1 Minimum requirement............................................................................................................30
6.5.2.2 Carrier leakage..............................................................................................................................30
6.5.2.2.1 Minimum requirements...........................................................................................................30
6.5.2.3 In-band emissions.........................................................................................................................31
6.5.2.3.1 Minimum requirements...........................................................................................................31
6.5.2.4 EVM equalizer spectrum flatness.................................................................................................32
6.5.2.4.1 Minimum requirements............................................................................................................32
6.6 Output RF spectrum emissions.................................................................................................................32
6.6.1 Occupied bandwidth............................................................................................................................33
6.6.2 Out of band emission...........................................................................................................................33
6.6.2.1 Spectrum emission mask...............................................................................................................33
6.6.2.1.1 Minimum requirement.............................................................................................................33
6.6.2.2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask............................................................................................34
6.6.2.2.1 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_03")....................................................34
6.6.2.2.2 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_04")....................................................34
6.6.2.2.3 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_06" or “NS_07”)................................35
6.6.2.3 Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio..................................................................................................35
6.6.2.3.1 Minimum requirement E-UTRA..............................................................................................36
6.6.2.3.2 Minimum requirements UTRA................................................................................................36
6.6.2.4 Additional ACLR requirements.....................................................................................................37
6.6.2.4.1 Void..........................................................................................................................................37
6.6.3 Spurious emissions..............................................................................................................................37
6.6.3.1 Minimum requirements..................................................................................................................38
6.6.3.2 Spurious emission band UE co-existence......................................................................................38
6.6.3.3 Additional spurious emissions.......................................................................................................41
6.6.3.3.1 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_05")....................................................41
6.6.3.3.2 Minimum requirement (network signalled value “NS_07”)....................................................41
6.6.3.3.3 Minimum requirement (network signalled value “NS_08”)....................................................42
6.6.3.3.4 Minimum requirement (network signalled value “NS_[09]”).................................................42
6.7 Transmit intermodulation..........................................................................................................................42
6.7.1 Minimum requirement.........................................................................................................................42
7 Receiver characteristics...................................................................................................................43
7.1 General......................................................................................................................................................43
7.2 Diversity characteristics............................................................................................................................43
7.3 Reference sensitivity power level.............................................................................................................43
7.3.1 Minimum requirements (QPSK)........................................................................................................43
7.3.2 Requirement for large transmission configurations...........................................................................46
7.4 Maximum input level................................................................................................................................47
7.4.1 Minimum requirements.......................................................................................................................47
7.5 Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS)........................................................................................................48
7.5.1 Minimum requirements.......................................................................................................................48
7.6 Blocking characteristics............................................................................................................................49
7.6.1 In-band blocking..................................................................................................................................49
7.6.1.1 Minimum requirements..................................................................................................................49
7.6.2 Out-of-band blocking..........................................................................................................................50
7.6.2.1 Minimum requirements..................................................................................................................50
7.6.3 Narrow band blocking.........................................................................................................................51
7.6.3.1 Minimum requirements..................................................................................................................51
7.7 Spurious response......................................................................................................................................52
7.7.1 Minimum requirements.......................................................................................................................52
7.8 Intermodulation characteristics.................................................................................................................52
7.8.1 Wide band intermodulation.................................................................................................................52
7.8.1.1 Minimum requirements..................................................................................................................52
7.8.2 Void.....................................................................................................................................................53
7.9 Spurious emissions....................................................................................................................................53
7.9.1 Minimum requirements.......................................................................................................................53
8.1 General......................................................................................................................................................54
8.1.1 Dual-antenna receiver capability.........................................................................................................54
8.1.1.1 Simultaneous unicast and MBMS operations................................................................................54
8.1.1.2 Dual-antenna receiver capability in idle mode..............................................................................54

3GPP
Release 9 5 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

8.2 Demodulation of PDSCH (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols).................................................................54

8.2.1 FDD (Fixed Reference Channel).........................................................................................................54
8.2.1.1 Single-antenna port performance...................................................................................................55
8.2.1.1.1 Minimum Requirement............................................................................................................55
8.2.1.1.2 Void..........................................................................................................................................56
8.2.1.1.3 Void..........................................................................................................................................56
8.2.1.1.4 Minimum Requirement 1 PRB allocation................................................................................56
8.2.1.2 Transmit diversity performance.....................................................................................................56
8.2.1.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port..............................................................................56
8.2.1.2.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port..............................................................................57
8.2.1.3 Open-loop spatial multiplexing performance................................................................................57
8.2.1.3.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port..............................................................................57
8.2.1.3.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port..............................................................................58
8.2.1.4 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance..............................................................................58
8.2.1.4.1 Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port......................58
8.2.1.4.1A Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port......................59
8.2.1.4.2 Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port.......................60
8.2.1.4.3 Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port.......................61
8.2.1.5 MU-MIMO....................................................................................................................................61
8.2.1.6 [Control channel performance: D-BCH and PCH]........................................................................61
8.2.2 TDD (Fixed Reference Channel).........................................................................................................61
8.2.2.1 Single-antenna port performance...................................................................................................62
8.2.2.1.1 Minimum Requirement............................................................................................................62
8.2.2.1.2 Void..........................................................................................................................................63
8.2.2.1.3 Void..........................................................................................................................................63
8.2.2.1.4 Minimum Requirement 1 PRB allocation................................................................................63
8.2.2.2 Transmit diversity performance.....................................................................................................64
8.2.2.3 Open-loop spatial multiplexing performance................................................................................65
8.2.2.4 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance............................................................................66
8.2.2.4.1 Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port......................66
8.2.2.4.2 Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port.......................67
8.2.2.5 MU-MIMO....................................................................................................................................68
8.2.2.6 [Control channel performance: D-BCH and PCH]........................................................................68
8.3 Demodulation of PDSCH (User-Specific Reference Symbols)................................................................68
8.3.1 FDD.....................................................................................................................................................68
8.3.2 TDD.....................................................................................................................................................69
8.4 Demodulation of PDCCH/PCFICH..........................................................................................................70
8.4.1 FDD.....................................................................................................................................................70
8.4.1.1 Single-antenna port performance...................................................................................................70
8.4.1.2 Transmit diversity performance.....................................................................................................71
8.4.1.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port..............................................................................71
8.4.1.2.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port..............................................................................71
8.4.2 TDD.....................................................................................................................................................71
8.4.2.1 Single-antenna port performance...................................................................................................72
8.4.2.2 Transmit diversity performance.....................................................................................................72
8.4.2.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port..............................................................................72
8.4.2.2.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port..............................................................................72
8.5 Demodulation of PHICH...........................................................................................................................72
8.5.1 FDD.....................................................................................................................................................73
8.5.1.1 Single-antenna port performance...................................................................................................73
8.5.1.2 Transmit diversity performance.....................................................................................................73
8.5.1.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port..............................................................................73
8.5.1.2.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port..............................................................................73
8.5.2 TDD.....................................................................................................................................................74
8.5.2.1 Single-antenna port performance...................................................................................................74
8.5.2.2 Transmit diversity performance.....................................................................................................74
8.5.2.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port..............................................................................74
8.5.2.2.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port..............................................................................75
8.6 Demodulation of PBCH............................................................................................................................75
8.6.1 FDD.....................................................................................................................................................75
8.6.1.1 Single-antenna port performance...................................................................................................75

3GPP
Release 9 6 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

8.6.1.2 Transmit diversity performance.....................................................................................................76

8.6.1.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port..............................................................................76
8.6.1.2.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port..............................................................................76
8.6.2 TDD.....................................................................................................................................................76
8.6.2.1 Single-antenna port performance...................................................................................................76
8.6.2.2 Transmit diversity performance.....................................................................................................77
8.6.2.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port..............................................................................77
8.6.2.2.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port..............................................................................77
9 Reporting of Channel State Information.........................................................................................77
9.1 General.....................................................................................................................................................77
9.2 CQI reporting definition under AWGN conditions.................................................................................77
9.2.1 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-0....................................................................................................78
9.2.1.1 FDD...............................................................................................................................................78
9.2.1.2 TDD...............................................................................................................................................78
9.2.2 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1....................................................................................................79
9.2.2.1 FDD...............................................................................................................................................79
9.2.2.2 TDD...............................................................................................................................................80
9.3 CQI reporting under fading conditions....................................................................................................81
9.3.1 Frequency-selective scheduling mode.................................................................................................81
9.3.1.1 Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-0...............................................................................................81
9.3.1.1.1 FDD..........................................................................................................................................81
9.3.1.1.2 TDD..........................................................................................................................................82
9.3.2 Frequency non-selective scheduling mode..........................................................................................83
9.3.2.1 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-0..............................................................................................84
9.3.2.1.1 FDD..........................................................................................................................................84
9.3.2.1.2 TDD..........................................................................................................................................85
9.3.3 Frequency-selective interference.........................................................................................................86
9.3.3.1 Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-0...............................................................................................86
9.3.3.1.1 FDD..........................................................................................................................................86
9.3.3.1.2 TDD..........................................................................................................................................87
9.4 Reporting of Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI)......................................................................................88
9.4.1 Single PMI...........................................................................................................................................88
9.4.1.1 Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-1.....................................................................................................88
9.4.1.1.1 FDD..........................................................................................................................................88
9.4.1.1.2 TDD..........................................................................................................................................89
9.4.2 Multiple PMI.......................................................................................................................................90
9.4.2.1 Minimum requirement PUSCH 1-2.....................................................................................................90
9.4.2.1.1 FDD..........................................................................................................................................90
9.4.2.1.2 TDD..........................................................................................................................................91
9.5 Reporting of Rank Indicator (RI).............................................................................................................92
9.5.1 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1....................................................................................................92
9.5.1.1 FDD...............................................................................................................................................92
9.5.1.2 TDD...............................................................................................................................................93
10 Performance requirement (MBMS)................................................................................................95
10.1 FDD (Fixed Reference Channel).......................................................................................................................95
10.1.1 Minimum requirement....................................................................................................................................95
10.2 TDD (Fixed Reference Channel).......................................................................................................................96
10.2.1 Minimum requirement....................................................................................................................................96

Annex A (normative): Measurement channels..........................................................................97

A.1 General............................................................................................................................................97
A.2 UL reference measurement channels..............................................................................................97
A.2.1 General......................................................................................................................................................97
A.2.1.1 Applicability and common parameters................................................................................................97
A.2.1.2 Determination of payload size.............................................................................................................97
A.2.2 Reference measurement channels for FDD...............................................................................................98
A.2.2.1 Full RB allocation................................................................................................................................98
A.2.2.1.1 QPSK.............................................................................................................................................98
A.2.2.1.2 16-QAM.........................................................................................................................................99

3GPP
Release 9 7 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.2.2.1.3 64-QAM.........................................................................................................................................99
A.2.2.2 Partial RB allocation............................................................................................................................99
A.2.2.2.1 QPSK.............................................................................................................................................99
A.2.2.2.2 16-QAM.......................................................................................................................................101
A.2.2.2.3 64-QAM.......................................................................................................................................103
A.2.3 Reference measurement channels for TDD............................................................................................103
A.2.3.1 Full RB allocation..............................................................................................................................104
A.2.3.1.1 QPSK...........................................................................................................................................104
A.2.3.1.2 16-QAM.......................................................................................................................................104
A.2.3.1.3 64-QAM.......................................................................................................................................104
A.2.3.2 Partial RB allocation..........................................................................................................................105
A.2.3.2.1 QPSK...........................................................................................................................................105
A.2.3.2.2 16-QAM.......................................................................................................................................108
A.2.3.2.3 64-QAM.......................................................................................................................................110
A.3 DL reference measurement channels............................................................................................111
A.3.1 General....................................................................................................................................................111
A.3.2 Reference measurement channel for receiver characteristics.................................................................111
A.3.3 Reference measurement channels for PDSCH performance requirements (FDD).................................118
A.3.3.1 Single-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols)...........................................................118
A.3.3.2 Multi-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols)............................................................121
A.3.3.2.1 Two antenna ports........................................................................................................................121
A.3.3.2.2 Four antenna ports.......................................................................................................................122
A.3.3.3 [RMC for UE-Specific Reference Symbols].....................................................................................123
A.3.4 Reference measurement channels for PDSCH performance requirements (TDD)...........................123
A.3.4.1 Single-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols)...........................................................123
A.3.4.2 Multi-antenna transmission (Common Reference Signals)...............................................................127
A.3.4.2.1 Two antenna ports........................................................................................................................127
A.3.4.2.2 Four antenna ports.......................................................................................................................128
A.3.4.3 [RMC for UE-Specific Reference Symbols].....................................................................................129
A.3.5 Reference measurement channels for PDCCH/PCFICH performance requirements.............................130
A.3.5.1 FDD...................................................................................................................................................130
A.3.5.2 TDD...................................................................................................................................................130
A.3.6 Reference measurement channels for PHICH performance requirements.............................................130
A.3.7 Reference measurement channels for PBCH performance requirements...............................................131
A.3.8 Reference measurement channels for MBMS performance requirements.............................................131
A.3.8.1 FDD 131
A.3.8.2 TDD 132
A.4 CSI reference measurement channels...........................................................................................134
A.5 OFDMA Channel Noise Generator (OCNG)................................................................................137
A.5.1 OCNG Patterns for FDD.........................................................................................................................137
A.5.1.1 OCNG FDD pattern 1: One sided dynamic OCNG FDD pattern.....................................................138
A.5.1.2 OCNG FDD pattern 2: Two sided dynamic OCNG FDD pattern.....................................................138
A.5.1.3 OCNG FDD pattern 3: 49 RB OCNG allocation with MBSFN in 10 MHz.....................................139
A.5.2 OCNG Patterns for TDD.........................................................................................................................139
A.5.2.1 OCNG TDD pattern 1: One sided dynamic OCNG TDD pattern.....................................................140
A.5.2.2 OCNG TDD pattern 2: Two sided dynamic OCNG TDD pattern....................................................140

Annex B (normative): Propagation conditions.......................................................................142

B.1 Static propagation condition.........................................................................................................142
B.2 Multi-path fading propagation conditions.....................................................................................142
B.2.1 Delay profiles..........................................................................................................................................142
B.2.2 Combinations of channel model parameters...........................................................................................143
B.2.3 MIMO Channel Correlation Matrices.....................................................................................................144
B.2.3.1 Definition of MIMO Correlation Matrices........................................................................................144
B.2.3.2 MIMO Correlation Matrices at High, Medium and Low Level..................................................145
B.2.4 Propagation conditions for CQI tests......................................................................................................147
B.2.6 MBSFN Propagation Channel Profile.....................................................................................................147

3GPP
Release 9 8 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

B.3 High speed train scenario..............................................................................................................148

B.4 Beamforming Model.....................................................................................................................149
B.4.1 Single-layer beamforming (Antenna port 5)...........................................................................................149

Annex C (normative): Downlink Physical Channels..............................................................150

C.1 General..........................................................................................................................................150
C.2 Set-up............................................................................................................................................150
C.3 Connection....................................................................................................................................150
C.3.1 Measurement of Receiver Characteristics...............................................................................................150
C.3.2 Measurement of Performance requirements...........................................................................................151

Annex D (normative): Characteristics of the interfering signal............................................152

D.1 General..........................................................................................................................................152
D.2 Interference signals.......................................................................................................................152
Annex E (normative): Environmental conditions...................................................................153
E.1 General.........................................................................................................................................153
E.2 Environmental..............................................................................................................................153
E.2.1 Temperature............................................................................................................................................153
E.2.2 Voltage....................................................................................................................................................153
E.2.3 Vibration.................................................................................................................................................154

Annex F (normative): Transmit modulation...........................................................................155

F.1 Measurement Point........................................................................................................................155
F.2 Basic Error Vector Magnitude measurement................................................................................155
F.3 Basic in-band emissions measurement..........................................................................................156
F.4 Modified signal under test.............................................................................................................156
F.5 Window length..............................................................................................................................158
F.5.1 Timing offset...........................................................................................................................................158
F.5.2 Window length........................................................................................................................................158
F.5.3 Window length for normal CP................................................................................................................158
F.5.4 Window length for Extended CP............................................................................................................159
F.5.4 Window length for PRACH....................................................................................................................159
F.6 Averaged EVM.............................................................................................................................160
F.7 Spectrum Flatness.........................................................................................................................161
Annex G (informative): Change history.......................................................................................162

3GPP
Release 9 9 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Foreword
This Technical Specification (TS) has been produced by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP).

The contents of the present document are subject to continuing work within the TSG and may change following formal
TSG approval. Should the TSG modify the contents of the present document, it will be re-released by the TSG with an
identifying change of release date and an increase in version number as follows:

Version x.y.z

Where:

x the first digit:

1 presented to TSG for information;

2 presented to TSG for approval;

3 or greater indicates TSG approved document under change control.

y the second digit is incremented for all changes of substance, i.e. technical enhancements, corrections,
updates, etc.

z the third digit is incremented when editorial only changes have been incorporated in the document.

3GPP
Release 9 10 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

1 Scope
. The present document establishes the minimum RF characteristics and minimum performance requirements for E-
UTRA User Equipment (UE).

2 References
The following documents contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute provisions of the present
document.

 References are either specific (identified by date of publication, edition number, version number, etc.) or
non-specific.

 For a specific reference, subsequent revisions do not apply.

 For a non-specific reference, the latest version applies. In the case of a reference to a 3GPP document (including
a GSM document), a non-specific reference implicitly refers to the latest version of that document in the same
Release as the present document.

[1] 3GPP TR 21.905: "Vocabulary for 3GPP Specifications".

[2] ITU-R Recommendation SM.329-10, "Unwanted emissions in the spurious domain"

[3] ITU-R Recommendation M.1545: "Measurement uncertainty as it applies to test limits for the terrestrial
component of International Mobile Telecommunications-2000".

[4] 3GPP TS 36.211: "Physical Channels and Modulation".

[5] 3GPP TS 36.212: "Multiplexing and channel coding".

[6] 3GPP TS 36.213: "Physical layer procedures".

[7] 3GPP TS 36.331: " Requirements for support of radio resource management ".

3 Definitions, symbols and abbreviations

3.1 Definitions
For the purposes of the present document, the terms and definitions given in TR 21.905 [1] and the following apply. A
term defined in the present document takes precedence over the definition of the same term, if any, in TR 21.905 [1].

Channel edge: The lowest and highest frequency of the carrier, separated by the channel bandwidth.

Channel bandwidth: The RF bandwidth supporting a single E-UTRA RF carrier with the transmission bandwidth
configured in the uplink or downlink of a cell. The channel bandwidth is measured in MHz and is used as a reference
for transmitter and receiver RF requirements.

Maximum Output Power: The mean power level per carrier of UE measured at the antenna connector in a specified
reference condition.

Mean power: When applied to E-UTRA transmission this is the power measured in the operating system bandwidth of
the carrier. The period of measurement shall be at least one subframe (1ms) unless otherwise stated.

3GPP
Release 9 11 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Occupied bandwidth: The width of a frequency band such that, below the lower and above the upper frequency limits,
the mean powers emitted are each equal to a specified percentage β/2 of the total mean power of a given emission.

Output power: The mean power of one carrier of the UE, delivered to a load with resistance equal to the nominal load
impedance of the transmitter.

Reference bandwidth: The bandwidth in which an emission level is specified.

Transmission bandwidth: Bandwidth of an instantaneous transmission from a UE or BS, measured in Resource Block
units.

Transmission bandwidth configuration: The highest transmission bandwidth allowed for uplink or downlink in a
given channel bandwidth, measured in Resource Block units.

3.2 Symbols
For the purposes of the present document, the following symbols apply:

BWChannel Channel bandwidth

Transmitted energy per RE for reference symbols during the useful part of the symbol, i.e.
excluding the cyclic prefix, (average power normalized to the subcarrier spacing) at the eNode B
transmit antenna connector
The received energy per RE of the wanted signal during the useful part of the symbol, i.e.
excluding the cyclic prefix, averaged across the allocated RB(s) (average power within the
allocated RB(s), divided by the number of RE within this allocation, and normalized to the
subcarrier spacing) at the UE antenna connector
F Frequency
FInterferer (offset) Frequency offset of the interferer
FInterferer Frequency of the interferer
FC Frequency of the carrier centre frequency
FDL_low The lowest frequency of the downlink operating band
FDL_high The highest frequency of the downlink operating band
FUL_low The lowest frequency of the uplink operating band
FUL_high The highest frequency of the uplink operating band

The power spectral density of the total input signal (power averaged over the useful part of the
symbols within the transmission bandwidth configuration, divided by the total number of RE for
this configuration and normalised to the subcarrier spacing) at the UE antenna connector,
including the own-cell downlink signal
The total transmitted power spectral density of the own-cell downlink signal (power averaged over
the useful part of the symbols within the transmission bandwidth configuration, divided by the
total number of RE for this configuration and normalised to the subcarrier spacing) at the eNode B
transmit antenna connector
The total received power spectral density of the own-cell downlink signal (power averaged over
the useful part of the symbols within the transmission bandwidth configuration, divided by the
total number of RE for this configuration and normalised to the subcarrier spacing) at the UE
antenna connector
The received power spectral density of the total noise and interference for a certain RE (average
power obtained within the RE and normalized to the subcarrier spacing) as measured at the UE
antenna connector
Ncp Cyclic prefix length
NDL Downlink EARFCN
The power spectral density of a white noise source (average power per RE normalised to the
subcarrier spacing), simulating interference from cells that are not defined in a test procedure, as
measured at the UE antenna connector NOffs-DL Offset used for calculating downlink EARFCN
NOffs-UL Offset used for calculating uplink EARFCN

3GPP
Release 9 12 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

The power spectral density of a white noise source (average power per RE normalised to the
subcarrier spacing) simulating eNode B transmitter impairments as measured at the eNode B
transmit antenna connector
NRB Transmission bandwidth configuration, expressed in units of resource blocks
NUL Uplink EARFCN
Rav Minimum average throughput per RB
PCMAX The measured configured maximum UE output power.
PEMAX_H Maximum allowed UE output power signalled by higher layers. Same as IE P-Max, defined in [7].
PInterferer Modulated mean power of the interferer
PPowerClass PPowerClass is the nominal UE power (i.e., no tolerance).
PUMAX Maximum UE Power with possible power reduction due to modulation type, network signalling
values and location near the edge of the band; it equals PCMAX when the IE P-Max, defined in [7], is
not signalled.
ΔFOOB Δ Frequency of Out Of Band emission

3.3 Abbreviations
For the purposes of the present document, the abbreviations given in TR 21.905 [1] and the following apply. An
abbreviation defined in the present document takes precedence over the definition of the same abbreviation, if any, in
TR 21.905 [1].

ACLR Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio

ACS Adjacent Channel Selectivity
A-MPR Additional Maximum Power Reduction
AWGN Additive White Gaussian Noise
BS Base Station
CW Continuous Wave
DL Downlink
EARFCN E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number
EPRE Energy Per Resource Element
E-UTRA Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access
EUTRAN Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network
EVM Error Vector Magnitude
FDD Frequency Division Duplex
FRC Fixed Reference Channel
HD-FDD Half- Duplex FDD
MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
MOP Maximum Output Power
MPR Maximum Power Reduction
MSD Maximum Sensitivity Degradation
OCNG OFDMA Channel Noise Generator
OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
OOB Out-of-band
PA Power Amplifier
PSS Primary Synchronization Signal
PSS_RA PSS-to-RS EPRE ratio for the channel PSS
RE Resource Element
REFSENS Reference Sensitivity power level
r.m.s Root Mean Square
SNR Signal-to-Noise Ratio
SSS Secondary Synchronization Signal
SSS_RA SSS-to-RS EPRE ratio for the channel SSS
TDD Time Division Duplex
UE User Equipment
UL Uplink
UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunications System
UTRA UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access
UTRAN UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network
xCH_RA xCH-to-RS EPRE ratio for the channel xCH in all transmitted OFDM symbols not containing RS

3GPP
Release 9 13 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

xCH_RB xCH-to-RS EPRE ratio for the channel xCH in all transmitted OFDM symbols containing RS

4 General

4.1 Relationship between minimum requirements and test

requirements
The Minimum Requirements given in this specification make no allowance for measurement uncertainty. The test
specification TS 36.xxx section y defines Test Tolerances. These Test Tolerances are individually calculated for each
test. The Test Tolerances are used to relax the Minimum Requirements in this specification to create Test Requirements.

The measurement results returned by the Test System are compared - without any modification - against the Test
Requirements as defined by the shared risk principle.

The Shared Risk principle is defined in ITU-R M.1545 [3].

4.2 Applicability of minimum requirements

In this specification the Minimum Requirements are specified as general requirements and additional requirements.
Where the Requirement is specified as a general requirement, the requirement is mandated to be met in all scenarios

For specific scenarios for which an additional requirement is specified, in addition to meeting the general requirement,
the UE is mandated to meet the additional requirements.

The reference sensitivity power levels defined in subclause 7.3 are valid for the specified reference measurement
channels.

Note: Receiver sensitivity degradation may occur when:

1) the UE simultaneously transmits and receives with bandwidth allocations less than the transmission bandwidth
configuration (see Figure 5.6-1), and

2) any part of the downlink transmission bandwidth is within an uplink transmission bandwidth from the downlink
center subcarrier.

5 Operating bands and channel arrangement

5.1 General
The channel arrangements presented in this clause are based on the operating bands and channel bandwidths defined in
the present release of specifications.

NOTE: Other operating bands and channel bandwidths may be considered in future releases.

3GPP
Release 9 14 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

5.2 Void

5.3 Void

5.4 Void

5.5 Operating bands

E-UTRA is designed to operate in the operating bands defined in Table 5.5-1.

Table 5.5-1 E-UTRA operating bands

E-UTRA Uplink (UL) operating band Downlink (DL) operating band Duplex
Operating BS receive BS transmit Mode
Band UE transmit UE receive
FUL_low – FUL_high FDL_low – FDL_high
1 1920 MHz – 1980 MHz 2110 MHz – 2170 MHz FDD
2 1850 MHz – 1910 MHz 1930 MHz – 1990 MHz FDD
3 1710 MHz – 1785 MHz 1805 MHz – 1880 MHz FDD
4 1710 MHz – 1755 MHz 2110 MHz – 2155 MHz FDD
5 824 MHz – 849 MHz 869 MHz – 894MHz FDD
61 830 MHz – 840 MHz 875 MHz – 885 MHz FDD
7 2500 MHz – 2570 MHz 2620 MHz – 2690 MHz FDD
8 880 MHz – 915 MHz 925 MHz – 960 MHz FDD
9 1749.9 MHz – 1784.9 MHz 1844.9 MHz – 1879.9 MHz FDD
10 1710 MHz – 1770 MHz 2110 MHz – 2170 MHz FDD
11 1427.9 MHz – 1447.9 MHz 1475.9 MHz – 1495.9 MHz FDD
12 698 MHz – 716 MHz 728 MHz – 746 MHz FDD
13 777 MHz – 787 MHz 746 MHz – 756 MHz FDD
14 788 MHz – 798 MHz 758 MHz – 768 MHz FDD
15 Reserved Reserved FDD
16 Reserved Reserved FDD
17 704 MHz – 716 MHz 734 MHz – 746 MHz FDD
18 815 MHz – 830 MHz 860 MHz – 875 MHz FDD
19 830 MHz – 845 MHz 875 MHz – 890 MHz FDD
20 832 MHz – 862 MHz 791 MHz – 821 MHz FDD
21 1447.9 MHz – 1462.9 MHz 1495.9 MHz – 1510.9 MHz FDD
...
33 1900 MHz – 1920 MHz 1900 MHz – 1920 MHz TDD
34 2010 MHz – 2025 MHz 2010 MHz – 2025 MHz TDD
35 1850 MHz – 1910 MHz 1850 MHz – 1910 MHz TDD
36 1930 MHz – 1990 MHz 1930 MHz – 1990 MHz TDD
37 1910 MHz – 1930 MHz 1910 MHz – 1930 MHz TDD
38 2570 MHz – 2620 MHz 2570 MHz – 2620 MHz TDD
39 1880 MHz – 1920 MHz 1880 MHz – 1920 MHz TDD
40 2300 MHz – 2400 MHz 2300 MHz – 2400 MHz TDD
Note 1: Band 6 is not applicable

5.6 Channel bandwidth

Requirements in present document are specified for the channel bandwidths listed in Table 5.6-1.

3GPP
Release 9 15 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 5.6-1 Transmission bandwidth configuration NRB in E-UTRA channel bandwidths

Channel bandwidth
1.4 3 5 10 15 20
BWChannel [MHz]

Transmission bandwidth
6 15 25 50 75 100
configuration NRB

Figure 5.6-1 shows the relation between the Channel bandwidth (BWChannel) and the Transmission bandwidth
configuration (NRB). The channel edges are defined as the lowest and highest frequencies of the carrier separated by the
channel bandwidth, i.e. at FC +/- BWChannel /2.

Channel Bandwidth [MHz]

Transmission Bandwidth Configuration [RB]

Transmission
Bandwidth
[RB]
Channeledge

Channeledge
Resource
block

Active Resource Blocks Center subcarrier (corresponds to

DC in baseband) is not transmitted
in downlink

Figure 5.6-1 Definition of Channel Bandwidth and Transmission Bandwidth Configuration for one
E-UTRA carrier

5.6.1 Channel bandwidths per operating band

a) The requirements in this specification apply to the combination of channel bandwidths and operating bands shown
in Table 5.6.1-1. The transmission bandwidth configuration in Table 5.6.1-1 shall be supported for each of the
specified channel bandwidths. The same (symmetrical) channel bandwidth is specified for both the TX and RX
path.

3GPP
Release 9 16 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 5.6.1-1: E-UTRA channel bandwidth

E-UTRA band / channel bandwidth

E-UTRA 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz

Band

1 Yes Yes Yes Yes

2 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes[1] Yes[1]
3 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes[1] Yes[1]
4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
5 Yes Yes Yes Yes[1]
6 Yes Yes[1]
7 Yes Yes Yes Yes[1]
[1]
8 Yes Yes Yes Yes
9 Yes Yes Yes[1] Yes[1]
10 Yes Yes Yes Yes
11 Yes Yes[1]
12 Yes Yes Yes[1] Yes[1]
[1]
13 Yes Yes[1]
[1]
14 Yes Yes[1]
...
17 Yes[1] Yes[1]
18 Yes Yes[1] Yes[1]
19 Yes Yes[1] Yes[1]
20 Yes Yes[1] Yes[1] Yes[1]
[1] [1]
21 Yes Yes Yes
...
33 Yes Yes Yes Yes
34 Yes Yes Yes
35 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
36 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
37 Yes Yes Yes Yes
38 Yes Yes Yes Yes
39 Yes Yes Yes Yes
40 Yes Yes Yes Yes
NOTE 1: bandwidth for which a relaxation of the specified UE receiver sensitivity
requirement (Clause 7.3) is allowed.

b) The use of different (asymmetrical)) channel bandwidth for the TX and RX is not precluded and is intended to form
part of a later release.

5.7 Channel arrangement

5.7.1 Channel spacing
The spacing between carriers will depend on the deployment scenario, the size of the frequency block available and the
channel bandwidths. The nominal channel spacing between two adjacent E-UTRA carriers is defined as following:

Nominal Channel spacing = (BWChannel(1) + BWChannel(2))/2

where BWChannel(1) and BWChannel(2) are the channel bandwidths of the two respective E-UTRA carriers. The channel
spacing can be adjusted to optimize performance in a particular deployment scenario.

3GPP
Release 9 17 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

5.7.2 Channel raster

The channel raster is 100 kHz for all bands, which means that the carrier centre frequency must be an integer multiple
of 100 kHz.

5.7.3 Carrier frequency and EARFCN

The carrier frequency in the uplink and downlink is designated by the E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel
Number (EARFCN) in the range 0 - 65535. The relation between EARFCN and the carrier frequency in MHz for the
downlink is given by the following equation, where FDL_low and NOffs-DL are given in table 5.7.3-1 and NDL is the downlink
EARFCN.

FDL = FDL_low + 0.1(NDL – NOffs-DL)

The relation between EARFCN and the carrier frequency in MHz for the uplink is given by the following equation
where FUL_low and NOffs-UL are given in table 5.7.3-1 and NUL is the uplink EARFCN.

FUL = FUL_low + 0.1(NUL – NOffs-UL)

Table 5.7.3-1 E-UTRA channel numbers

E-UTRA Downlink Uplink

Operating FDL_low (MHz) NOffs-DL Range of NDL FUL_low (MHz) NOffs-UL Range of NUL
Band
1 2110 0 0 – 599 1920 18000 18000 – 18599
2 1930 600 6001199 1850 18600 18600 – 19199
3 1805 1200 1200 – 1949 1710 19200 19200 – 19949
4 2110 1950 1950 – 2399 1710 19950 19950 – 20399
5 869 2400 2400 – 2649 824 20400 20400 – 20649
6 875 2650 2650 – 2749 830 20650 20650 – 20749
7 2620 2750 2750 – 3449 2500 20750 20750 – 21449
8 925 3450 3450 – 3799 880 21450 21450 – 21799
9 1844.9 3800 3800 – 4149 1749.9 21800 21800 – 22149
10 2110 4150 4150 – 4749 1710 22150 22150 – 22749
11 1475.9 4750 4750 – 4949 1427.9 22750 22750 – 22949
12 728 5000 5000 - 5179 698 23000 23000 - 23179
13 746 5180 5180 – 5279 777 23180 23180 – 23279
14 758 5280 5280 – 5379 788 23280 23280 – 23379
…
20 791 6150 6150 – 6449 832 24150 24150 – 24449
21 1495.9 7050 7050 – 7199 1447.9 25050 25050 – 25199
…
17 734 5730 5730 – 5849 704 23730 23730 - 23849
18 860 5850 5850 – 5999 815 23850 23850 – 23999
19 875 6000 6000 – 6149 830 24000 24000 – 24149
…
33 1900 36000 36000 – 36199 1900 36000 36000 – 36199
34 2010 36200 36200 – 36349 2010 36200 36200 – 36349
35 1850 36350 36350 – 36949 1850 36350 36350 – 36949
36 1930 36950 36950 – 37549 1930 36950 36950 – 37549
37 1910 37550 37550 – 37749 1910 37550 37550 – 37749
38 2570 37750 37750 – 38249 2570 37750 37750 – 38249
39 1880 38250 38250-38649 1880 38250 38250-38649
40 2300 38650 38650-39649 2300 38650 38650-39649
NOTE: The channel numbers that designate carrier frequencies so close to the operating band edges that the
carrier extends beyond the operating band edge shall not be used. This implies that the first 7, 15, 25, 50,
75 and 100 channel numbers at the lower operating band edge and the last 6, 14, 24, 49, 74 and 99
channel numbers at the upper operating band edge shall not be used for channel bandwidths of 1.4, 3, 5,
10, 15 and 20 MHz respectively.

3GPP
Release 9 18 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

5.7.4 TX–RX frequency separation

a) The default E-UTRA TX channel (carrier centre frequency) to RX channel (carrier centre frequency) separation
is specified in Table 5.7.4-1 for the TX and RX channel bandwidths defined in Table 5.6.1-1

Table 5.7.4-1: Default UE TX-RX frequency separation

Frequency Band TX - RX
carrier centre frequency
separation

1 190 MHz
2 80 MHz.
3 95 MHz.
4 400 MHz
5 45 MHz
6 45 MHz
7 120 MHz
8 45 MHz
9 95 MHz
10 400 MHz
11 48 MHz
12 30 MHz
13 -31 MHz
14 -30 MHz
17 30 MHz
18 45 MHz
19 45 MHz
20 -41 MHz
21 48 MHz

b) The use of other TX channel to RX channel carrier centre frequency separation is not precluded and is intended to
form part of a later release.

3GPP
Release 9 19 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

6 Transmitter characteristics

6.1 General
Unless otherwise stated, the transmitter characteristics are specified at the antenna connector of the UE with a single
transmit antenna. For UE with integral antenna only, a reference antenna with a gain of 0 dBi is assumed.

6.2 Transmit power

6.2.1 Void

6.2.2 UE Maximum Output Power

The following UE Power Classes define the maximum output power for any transmission bandwidth within the channel
bandwidth. The period of measurement shall be at least one sub frame (1ms).

3GPP
Release 9 20 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 6.2.2-1: UE Power Class

EUTRA Class 1 Tolerance Class 2 Tolerance Class 3 Tolerance Class 4 Tolerance

band (dBm) (dB) (dBm) (dB) (dBm) (dB) (dBm) (dB)
1 23 ±2
2 23 ±22
3 23 ±22
4 23 ±2
5 23 ±2
6 23 ±2
7 23 ±22
8 23 ±22
9 23 ±2
10 23 ±2
11 23 ±2
12 23 ±22
13 23 ±2
14 23 ±2

17 23 ±2
18 23 ±2
19 23 ±2
20 23 ±2[2]
21 23 ±2
…
33 23 ±2
34 23 ±2
35 23 ±2
36 23 ±2
37 23 ±2
38 23 ±2
39 23 ±2
40 23 ±2

Note 1: The above tolerances are applicable for UE(s) that support up to 4 E-UTRA operating bands. For UE(s)
that support 5 or more E-UTRA bands the maximum output power is expected to decrease with each
additional band and is FFS
Note 2: For transmission bandwidths (Figure 5.6-1) confined within FUL_low and FUL_low + 4 MHz or FUL_high – 4 MHz
and FUL_high, the maximum output power requirement is relaxed by reducing the lower tolerance limit by
1.5 dB
Note 3: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 operating frequencies, the tolerance is FFS.
Note 4: PPowerClass is the maximum UE power specified without taking into account the tolerance

6.2.3 UE Maximum Output power for modulation / channel bandwidth

For UE Power Class 3, the allowed Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) for the maximum output power in Table 6.2.2-
1due to higher order modulation and transmit bandwidth configuration (resource blocks) is specified in Table 6.2.3-1.

Table 6.2.3-1: Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) for Power Class 3

Modulation Channel bandwidth / Transmission bandwidth configuration MPR (dB)

(RB)

1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
QPSK >5 >4 >8 > 12 > 16 > 18 ≤1
16 QAM ≤5 ≤4 ≤8 ≤ 12 ≤ 16 ≤ 18 ≤1
16 QAM >5 >4 >8 > 12 > 16 > 18 ≤2

For the UE maximum output power modified by MPR, the power limits specified in subclause 6.2.5 apply.

3GPP
Release 9 21 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

6.2.4 UE Maximum Output Power with additional requirements

Additional ACLR and spectrum emission requirements can be signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall
also meet additional requirements in a specific deployment scenario. To meet these additional requirements, Additional
Maximum Power Reduction A-MPR is allowed for the output power as specified in Table 6.2.2-1. Unless stated
otherwise, an A-MPR of 0 dB shall be used.

For UE Power Class 3 the specific requirements and identified sub-clauses are specified in Table 6.2.4-1 along with the
allowed A-MPR values that may be used to meet these requirements. The allowed A-MPR values specified below in
Table 6.2.4.-1 and 6.2.4-2 are in addition to the allowed MPR requirements specified in clause 6.2.3.

Table 6.2.4-1: Additional Maximum Power Reduction (A-MPR) / Spectrum Emission requirements

Network Requirements E-UTRA Band Channel Resources A-MPR (dB)

Signalling (sub-clause) bandwidth Blocks
value (MHz)

NS_01 NA NA NA NA NA
6.6.2.2.1 2, 4,10, 35, 36 3 >5 ≤1
6.6.2.2.1 2, 4,10, 35,36 5 >6 ≤1
NS_03 6.6.2.2.1 2, 4,10, 35,36 10 >6 ≤1
6.6.2.2.1 2, 4,10,35,36 15 >8 ≤1
6.6.2.2.1 2, 4,10,35, 36 20 >10 ≤1
NS_04 6.6.2.2.2 TBD TBD TBD
≥ 50 for
NS_05 6.6.3.3.1 1 10,15,20 ≤1
QPSK
NS_06 6.6.2.2.3 12, 13, 14, 17 1.4, 3, 5, 10 n/a n/a
6.6.2.2.3
NS_07 13 10 Table 6.2.4-2 Table 6.2.4-2
6.6.3.3.2
NS_08 6.6.3.3.3 19 10, 15 > 29 ≤1
> 39 ≤2
> 44 ≤3
NS_[09] 6.6.3.3.4 21 TBD TBD TBD
..
NS_32 - - - - -

Table 6.2.4-2: A-MPR for “NS_07”

Region A Region B Region C

RB_start1 0 - 12 13 – 18 19 – 42 43 – 49
1 to 5 and
L_CRB2 [RBs] 6-8 ≥8 ≥18 ≤2
9-50
A-MPR [dB] ≤8 ≤ 12 ≤ 12 ≤6 ≤3
Note
1 RB_start indicates the lowest RB index of transmitted resource blocks
2 L_CRB is the length of a contiguous resource block allocation
3 For intra-subframe frequency hopping between two regions, notes 1 and 2 apply on a
per slot basis.
4 For intra-subframe frequency hopping between two regions, the larger A-MPR value of
the two regions may be applied for both slots in the subframe.

For the UE maximum output power modified by A-MPR, the power limits specified in subclause 6.2.5 apply.

3GPP
Release 9 22 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

6.2.5 Configured transmitted Power

The UE is allowed to set its configured maximum output power. The measured maximum output power P CMAX shall be
within the following bounds:

PCMAX_L – T(PCMAX_L) ≤ PCMAX ≤ PCMAX_H + T(PCMAX_H)

Where

- PCMAX_L = MIN { PEMAX_H – TC, PPowerClass – MPR – A-MPR – TC}

- PCMAX_H = MIN {PEMAX_H, PPowerClass}

- T(PCMAX) is defined by the tolerance table below and applies to PCMAX_L and PCMAX_H separately

- PEMAX_H is the value given to IE P-Max, defined in [7].

- PPowerClass is the maximum UE power specified in Table 6.2.2-1 without taking into account the tolerance
specified in the Table 6.2.2-1

- TC = 1.5 dB when Note 2 in Table 6.2.2-1 applies

- TC = 0 dB when Note 2 in Table 6.2.2-1 does not apply

Table 6.2.5-1: PCMAX tolerance

Tolerance T(PCMAX)
PCMAX (dBm)
(dB)
21 ≤ PCMAX ≤ 23 2.0
20 ≤ PCMAX < 21 2.5
19 ≤ PCMAX < 20 3.5
18 ≤ PCMAX < 19 4.0
13 ≤ PCMAX < 18 5.0
8 ≤ PCMAX < 13 6.0
-40 ≤ PCMAX < 8 7.0

- PUMAX is the Maximum UE Power with possible power reduction due to modulation type, network signalling
values and location near the edge of the band; it equals PCMAX when the IE P-Max, defined in [7], is not
signalled.

6.3 Output power dynamics

6.3.1 (Void)

6.3.2 Minimum output power

The minimum controlled output power of the UE is defined as the broadband transmit power of the UE, i.e. the power
in the channel bandwidth for all transmit bandwidth configurations (resource blocks), when the power is set to a
minimum value.

6.3.2.1 Minimum requirement

The minimum output power is defined as the mean power in one sub-frame (1ms). The minimum output power shall not
exceed the values specified in Table 6.3.2.1-1.

3GPP
Release 9 23 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 6.3.2.1-1: Minimum output power

Channel bandwidth / Minimum output power / measurement bandwidth

1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
Minimum output
power -40 dBm

Measurement
1.08 MHz 2.7 MHz 4.5 MHz 9.0 MHz 13.5 MHz 18 MHz
bandwidth

6.3.3 Transmit OFF power

Transmit OFF power is defined as the mean power when the transmitter is OFF. The transmitter is considered to be
OFF when the UE is not allowed to transmit or during periods when the UE is not transmitting a sub-frame. During
measurements gaps, the UE is not considered to be OFF.

6.3.3.1. Minimum requirement

The transmit OFF power is defined as the mean power in a duration of at least one sub-frame (1ms) excluding any
transient periods. The transmit OFF power shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.3.3.1-1.

Table 6.3.3.1-1: Transmit OFF power

Channel bandwidth / Minimum output power / measurement bandwidth

1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
Transmit OFF power -50 dBm
Measurement
1.08 MHz 2.7 MHz 4.5 MHz 9.0 MHz 13.5 MHz 18 MHz
bandwidth

6.3.4 ON/OFF time mask

6.3.4.1 General ON/OFF time mask

The General ON/OFF time mask defines the observation period between Transmit OFF and ON power and between
Transmit ON and OFF power. ON/OFF scenarios include; the beginning or end of DTX, measurement gap, contiguous,
and non contiguous transmission

The OFF power measurement period is defined in a duration of at least one sub-frame excluding any transient periods.
The ON power measurement period is defined as the mean power over one sub-frame excluding any transient period.

There are no additional requirements on UE transmit power beyond that which is required in clause 6.2.2 and clause
6.6.2.3

Start Sub-frame End sub-frame

Start of ON power End of ON power

End of OFF power Start of OFF power

requirement requirement
* The OFF power requirements does not
apply for DTX and measurement gaps
20µs 20µs
Transient period Transient period

3GPP
Release 9 24 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Figure 6.3.4.1-1: General ON/OFF time mask

6.3.4.2 PRACH and SRS time mask

6.3.4.2.1 PRACH time mask

The PRACH ON power is specified as the mean power over the PRACH measurement period excluding any transient
periods as shown in Figure 6.3.4.2-1. The measurement period for different PRACH preamble format is specified in
Table 6.3.4.2-1.

There are no additional requirements on UE transmit power beyond that which is required in clause 6.2.2 and
clause 6.6.2.3

Table 6.3.4.2-1: PRACH ON power measurement period

PRACH preamble format Measurement period (ms)

0 0.9031
1 1.4844
2 1.8031
3 2.2844
4 0.1479

PRACH

ON power requirement

End of OFF power Start of OFF power

requirement requirement

20µs 20µs

Transient period Transient period

Figure 6.3.4.2-1: PRACH ON/OFF time mask

6.3.4.2.2 SRS time mask

In the case a single SRS transmission, the ON measurement period is defined as the mean power over the symbol
duration excluding any transient period. Figure 6.3.4.2.2-1

In the case a dual SRS transmission, the ON measurement period is defined as the mean power for each symbol
duration excluding any transient period. Figure 6.3.4.2.2-2

There are no additional requirements on UE transmit power beyond that which is required in clause 6.2.2 and
clause 6.6.2.3

SRS

SRS ON power
requirement

End of OFF Start of OFF power

power requirement requirement

20µs 20µs

Transient period Transient period

Figure 6.3.4.2.2-1: Single SRS time mask

3GPP
Release 9 25 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

SRS SRS

SRS ON power SRS ON power

requirement requirement

End of OFF Start of OFF power

power requirement requirement

20µs 20µs 20µs 20µs

Transient period *Transient period Transient period

* Transient period is only specifed in the case of frequency hopping or a power change between SRS symbols

Figure 6.3.4.3-1: Dual SRS time mask for the case of UpPTS transmissions

6.3.4.3 Slot / Sub frame boundary time mask

The sub frame boundary time mask defines the observation period between the previous/subsequent sub–frame and the
(reference) sub-frame. A transient period at a slot boundary within a sub-frame is only allowed in the case of Intra-sub
frame frequency hopping. For the cases when the subframe contains SRS the time masks in subclause 6.3.4.4 apply.

There are no additional requirements on UE transmit power beyond that which is required in clause 6.2.2 and
clause 6.6.2.3
N+1 Sub-frame
N0 Sub-frame N+2 Sub-frame
Sloti Sloti+1

Start of N+1 power End of N+1 power

requirement requirement

20µs 20µs 20µs 20µs 20µs 20µs

Transient period Transient period Transient period

Figure 6.3.4.3-1: Transmission power template

6.3.4.4 PUCCH / PUSCH / SRS time mask

The PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS time mask defines the observation period between sounding reference symbol (SRS) and an
adjacent PUSCH/PUCCH symbol and subsequent sub-frame.

There are no additional requirements on UE transmit power beyond that which is required in clause 6.2.2 and
clause 6.6.2.3

3GPP
Release 9 26 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

N0 Sub-frame N+1 Sub-frame

SRS

Start of N+1 power SRS ON power

PUSCH/PUCCH requirement

End of N+1 power

PUSCH/PUCCH
Start of OFF power
requirement

20µs 20µs 40µs 20µs

Transient period Transient period Transient period

Figure 6.3.4.4-1: PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS time mask when there is a transmission before SRS but not
after

N0 Sub-frame N+1 Sub-frame N+2 Sub-frame

SRS

Start of N+1 power SRS ON power Start of N+2 power

PUSCH/PUCCH requirement requirement

End of N+1 power

PUSCH/PUCCH

20µs 20µs 40µs 40µs

Transient period Transient period Transient period

Figure 6.3.4.4-2: PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS time mask when there is transmission before and after SRS

3GPP
Release 9 27 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

SRS N+2 Sub-frame

SRS ON power Start of N+2 power

requirement PUSCH /PUCCH

End of OFF
power requirement

20µs 40µs

Transient period Transient period

Figure 6.3.4.4-3: PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS time mask when there is a transmission after SRS but not
before

N0 Sub-frame N+1 Sub-frame (incl. SRS blanking) SRS blanking N+2 Sub-frame

Start of N+1 power Start of N+2 power

PUSCH/PUCCH PUSCH /PUCCH
End of N+1 power
PUSCH/PUCCH

OFF power
requirement

20µs 20µs 20µs 20µs

Transient period Transient period Transient period

Figure 6.3.4.4-4: SRS time mask when there is FDD SRS blanking

6.3.5 Power Control

6.3.5.1 Absolute Power Tolerance

Absolute power tolerance is the ability of the UE transmitter to set its initial output power to a specific value for the first
sub-frame at the start of a contiguous transmission or non-contiguous transmission with a transmission gap larger than
20ms. This tolerance includes the channel estimation error (the absolute RSRP accuracy requirement specified in clause
9.1 of TS 36.133)
In the case of a PRACH transmission, the absolute tolerance is specified for the first preamble. The absolute power
tolerance includes the channel estimation error (the absolute RSRP accuracy requirement specified in clause 9.1 of TS
36.133).

6.3.5.1.1 Minimum requirements

The minimum requirement for absolute power tolerance is given in Table 6.3.5.1.1-1 over the power range bounded by
the Maximum output power as defined in sub-clause 6.2.2 and the Minimum output power as defined in sub-clause
6.3.2.

For operating bands under Note 2 in Table 6.2.2-1, the absolute power tolerance as specified in Table 6.3.5.1.1-1 is
relaxed by reducing the lower limit by 1.5 dB when the transmission bandwidth is confined within F UL_low and FUL_low + 4
MHz or FUL_high – 4 MHz and FUL_high.

3GPP
Release 9 28 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 6.3.5.1.1-1: Absolute power tolerance

Conditions Tolerance

Normal ± 9.0 dB

Extreme ± 12.0 dB

6.3.5.2 Relative Power tolerance

The relative power tolerance is the ability of the UE transmitter to set its output power in a target sub-frame relatively to
the power of the most recently transmitted reference sub-frame if the transmission gap between these sub-frames is ≤ 20
ms.
For PRACH transmission, the relative tolerance is the ability of the UE transmitter to set its output power relatively to
the power of the most recently transmitted preamble. The measurement period for the PRACH preamble is specified in
Table 6.3.4.2-1.

6.3.5.2.1 Minimum requirements

The requirements specified in Table 6.3.5.2.1-1 apply when the power of the target and reference sub-frames are within
the power range bounded by the Minimum output power as defined in subclause 6.3.2 and the measured PUMAX as
defined in subclause 6.2.5 (i.e, the actual power as would be measured assuming no measurement error). This power
shall be within the power limits specified in subclause 6.2.5.

To account for RF Power amplifier mode changes 2 exceptions are allowed for each of two test patterns. The test
patterns are a monotonically increasing power sweep and a monotonically decreasing power sweep over a range
bounded by the requirements of minimum power and maximum power specified in clauses 6.3.2 and 6.2.2. For these
exceptions the power tolerance limit is a maximum of ±6.0 dB in Table 6.3.5.2.1-1

Table 6.3.5.2.1-1 Relative Power Tolerance for Transmission (normal conditions)

All combinations of
All combinations
Power step P PUSCH/PUCCH and
of PUSCH and
(Up or down) SRS transitions PRACH [dB]
PUCCH
[dB] between sub-
transitions [dB]
frames [dB]
ΔP < 2 ±2.5 (Note 3) ±3.0 ±2.5
2 ≤ ΔP < 3 ±3.0 ±4.0 ±3.0
3 ≤ ΔP < 4 ±3.5 ±5.0 ±3.5
4 ≤ ΔP ≤ 10 ±4.0 ±6.0 ±4.0
10 ≤ ΔP < 15 ±5.0 ±8.0 ±5.0
15 ≤ ΔP ±6.0 ±9.0 ±6.0
Note 1: For extreme conditions an additional ± 2.0 dB relaxation is allowed
Note 2: For operating bands under Note 2 in Table 6.2.2-1, the relative power
tolerance is relaxed by reducing the lower limit by 1.5 dB if the
transmission bandwidth of either the reference or target sub-frames is
confined within FUL_low and FUL_low + 4 MHz or FUL_high – 4 MHz and FUL_high.
Note 3: For PUSCH to PUSCH transitions with the allocated resource blocks
fixed in frequency and no transmission gaps other than those generated
by downlink subframes, DwPTS fields or Guard Periods for TDD: for a
power step ΔP ≤ 1 dB, the relative power tolerance for transmission is
±1.0 dB.

The power step (ΔP) is defined as the difference in the calculated setting of the UE Transmit power between the target
and reference sub-frames with the power setting according to Clause 5.1 of [TS 36.213]. The error is the difference
between ΔP and the power change measured at the UE antenna port with the power of the cell-specific reference signals
kept constant. The error shall be less than the relative power tolerance specified in Table 6.3.5.2-1.

For sub-frames not containing an SRS symbol, the power change is defined as the relative power difference between the
mean power of the original reference sub-frame and the mean power of the target subframe not including transient

3GPP
Release 9 29 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

durations. The mean power of successive sub-frames shall be calculated according to Figure 6.3.4.3-1 and Figure
6.3.4.1-1 if there is a transmission gap between the reference and target sub-frames.

If at least one of the sub-frames contains an SRS symbol, the power change is defined as the relative power difference
between the mean power of the last transmission within the reference sub-frame and the mean power of the first
transmission within the target sub-frame not including transient durations. A transmission is defined as PUSCH,
PUCCH or an SRS symbol. The mean power of the reference and target sub-frames shall be calculated according to
Figures 6.3.4.1-1, 6.3.4.2-1, 6.3.4.4-1, 6.3.4.4-2 and 6.3.4.4-3 for these cases.

6.3.5.3 Aggregate power control tolerance

Aggregate power control tolerance is the ability of a UE to maintain its power in non-contiguous transmission within 21
ms in response to 0 dB TPC commands with respect to the first UE transmission, when the power control parameters
specified in TS 36.213 are constant.

6.3.5.3.1 Minimum requirement

The UE shall meet the requirements specified in Table 6.3.5.3.1-1 foraggregate power control over the power range
bounded by the minimum output power as defined in subclause 6.3.2 and the maximum output power as defined in
subclause 6.2.2.

Table 6.3.5.3.1-1: Aggregate Power Control Tolerance

TPC command UL channel Aggregate power tolerance within 21 ms

0 dB PUCCH ±2.5 dB
0 dB PUSCH ±3.5 dB
Note:
1. The UE transmission gap is 4 ms. TPC command is transmitted via PDCCH 4
subframes preceding each PUCCH/PUSCH transmission.

6.4 Void

6.5 Transmit signal quality

6.5.1 Frequency error
The UE modulated carrier frequency shall be accurate to within ±0.1 PPM observed over a period of one time slot (0.5
ms) compared to the carrier frequency received from the E-UTRA Node B

6.5.2 Transmit modulation quality

Transmit modulation quality defines the modulation quality for expected in-channel RF transmissions from the UE.
The transmit modulation quality is specified in terms of:

 Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for the allocated resource blocks (RBs)

 EVM equalizer spectrum flatness derived from the equalizer coefficients generated by the EVM measurement
process

 Carrier leakage (caused by IQ offset)

 In-band emissions for the non-allocated RB

All the parameters defined in clause 6.5.2 are defined using the measurement methodology specified in Annex F.

3GPP
Release 9 30 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

6.5.2.1 Error Vector Magnitude

The Error Vector Magnitude is a measure of the difference between the reference waveform and the measured
waveform. This difference is called the error vector. Before calculating the EVM the measured waveform is corrected
by the sample timing offset and RF frequency offset. Then the IQ origin offset shall be removed from the measured
waveform before calculating the EVM.

The measured waveform is further modified by selecting the absolute phase and absolute amplitude of the Tx chain.
The EVM result is defined after the front-end IDFT as the square root of the ratio of the mean error vector power to the
mean reference power expressed as a %.

The basic EVM measurement interval in the time domain is one preamble sequence for the PRACH and is one slot for
the PUCCH and PUSCH in the time domain.. When the PUSCH or PUCCH transmission slot is shortened due to
multiplexing with SRS, the EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol, accordingly. The PUSCH or
PUCCH EVM measurement interval is also reduced when the mean power between slots is expected to change. In the
case of PUSCH transmission, the measurement interval is reduced by a time interval equal to the sum of 5 μs and the
applicable exclusion period defined in subclause 6.3.4, adjacent to the boundary where the power change is expected to
occur. The PUSCH exclusion period is applied to the signal obtained after the front-end IDFT. In the case of PUCCH
transmission with power change, the PUCCH EVM measurement interval is reduced by one symbol adjacent to the
boundary where the power change is expected to occur.

6.5.2.1.1 Minimum requirement

The RMS average of the basic EVM measurements for 10 sub-frames excluding any transient period for the average
EVM case, and 60 sub-frames excluding any transient period for the reference signal EVM case, for the different
modulations schemes shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the parameters defined in Table
6.5.2.1.1-2. For EVM evaluation purposes, [all PRACH preamble formats 0-4 and] all PUCCH formats 1, 1a, 1b, 2, 2a
and 2b are considered to have the same EVM requirement as QPSK modulated.

Table 6.5.2.1.1-1: Minimum requirements for Error Vector Magnitude

Parameter Unit Average EVM Level Reference Signal EVM

Level
QPSK or BPSK % 17.5 [17.5]
16QAM % 12.5 [12.5]

Table 6.5.2.1.1-2: Parameters for Error Vector Magnitude

Parameter Unit Level

UE Output Power dBm  -40
Operating conditions Normal conditions

6.5.2.2 Carrier leakage

Carrier leakage (The IQ origin offset) is an additive sinusoid waveform that has the same frequency as the modulated
waveform carrier frequency. The measurement interval is one slot in the time domain.

6.5.2.2.1 Minimum requirements

The relative carrier leakage power is a power ratio of the additive sinusoid waveform and the modulated waveform.
The relative carrier leakage power shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.2.1-1.

Table 6.5.2.2.1-1: Minimum requirements for Relative Carrier Leakage Power

Parameters Relative Limit (dBc)

3GPP
Release 9 31 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Output power >0 dBm -25

-30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤0 dBm -20
-40 dBm  Output power < -30 dBm -10

6.5.2.3 In-band emissions

The in-band emission is defined as the average across 12 sub-carrier and as a function of the RB offset from the edge of
the allocated UL transmission bandwidth. The in-band emission is measured as the ratio of the UE output power in a
non–allocated RB to the UE output power in an allocated RB.

The basic in-band emissions measurement interval is defined over one slot in the time domain. When the PUSCH or
PUCCH transmission slot is shortened due to multiplexing with SRS, the in-band emissions measurement interval is
reduced by one SC-FDMA symbol, accordingly.

6.5.2.3.1 Minimum requirements

The relative in-band emission shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.3.1-1.

Table 6.5.2.3.1-1: Minimum requirements for in-band emissions

Parameter
Unit Limit (Note 1) Applicable Frequencies
Description

General dB Any non-allocated (Note 2)

IQ Image dB -25 Image frequencies (Notes 2, 3)

-25 Output power > 0 dBm
Carrier
leakage
dBc -20 -30 dBm ≤ Output power ≤ 0 dBm Carrier frequency (Notes 4, 5)
-10 -40 dBm  Output power < -30 dBm

Note 1: An in-band emissions combined limit is evaluated in each non-allocated RB. For each such RB, the
minimum requirement is calculated as the higher of PRB - 30 dB and the power sum of all limit values
(General, IQ Image or Carrier leakage) that apply. PRB is defined in Note 10.
Note 2: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-
allocated RB to the measured average power per allocated RB, where the averaging is done across all
allocated RBs.
Note 3: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the reflection of the allocated
bandwidth, based on symmetry with respect to the centre carrier frequency, but excluding any allocated
RBs.
Note 4: The measurement bandwidth is 1 RB and the limit is expressed as a ratio of measured power in one non-
allocated RB to the measured total power in all allocated RBs.
Note 5: The applicable frequencies for this limit are those that are enclosed in the RBs containing the DC
frequency if is odd, or in the two RBs immediately adjacent to the DC frequency if is even, but
excluding any allocated RB.
Note 6: is the Transmission Bandwidth (see Figure 5.6-1).
Note 7: is the Transmission Bandwidth Configuration (see Figure 5.6-1).
Note 8: is the limit specified in Table 6.5.2.1.1-1 for the modulation format used in the allocated RBs.
Note 9: is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g.
or for the first adjacent RB outside of the allocated bandwidth.
Note 10: is the transmitted power per 180 kHz in allocated RBs, measured in dBm.

6.5.2.4 EVM equalizer spectrum flatness

The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness is defined as the variation in dB of the equalizer coefficients generated by the
EVM measurement process. The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness requirement does not limit the correction applied to
the signal in the EVM measurement process but for the EVM result to be valid, the equalizer correction that was applied

3GPP
Release 9 32 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

must meet the EVM equalizer spectral flatness minimum requirements. The measurement interval is the same as for
EVM.

Note: The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness requirement effectively limits the spectral flatness of the signal but this
EVM equalizer flatness requirement is independent from the Output Power requirements in Section 6.2 which apply to
any set of transmitted RBs within the transmission configuration (Figure 5.6-1).

6.5.2.4.1 Minimum requirements

The EVM equalizer spectrum flatness shall not exceed the values specified in Table 6.5.2.4.1-1 for normal conditions
and Table 6.5.2.4.1-2 for extreme conditions.

Table 6.5.2.4.1-1: Minimum requirements for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness (normal conditions)

EVM Equalizer Spectrum Flatness Relative Limit (dB)

If FUL_measurement - FUL_low ≥ 3MHz
and +2/-2
If FUL_high - FUL_measurement ≥ 3 MHz

If FUL_measurement - FUL_low < 3 MHz

or +3/-5
If FUL_high - FUL_measurement < 3 MHz
Note
1 FUL_low and FUL_high refers to each E-UTRA frequency band
specified in Table 5.5-1
2 FUL_measurement refers to the frequency of the subcarrier being
evaluated

Table 6.5.2.4.1-2: Minimum requirements for EVM equalizer spectrum flatness (extreme conditions)

EVM Equalizer Spectrum Flatness Relative Limit (dB)

If FUL_measurement - FUL_low ≥ 5MHz
and +2/-2
If FUL_high - FUL_measurement ≥ 5 MHz

If FUL_measurement - FUL_low < 5 MHz

and +4/-8
If FUL_high - FUL_measurement < 5 MHz
Note
1 FUL_low and FUL_high refers to each E-UTRA frequency band specified
in Table 5.5-1
2 FUL_measurement refers to the frequency of the subcarrier being
evaluated

6.6 Output RF spectrum emissions

The output UE transmitter spectrum consists of the three components; the emission within the occupied bandwidth
(channel bandwidth), the Out Of Band (OOB) emissions and the far out spurious emission domain.

3GPP
Release 9 33 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Figure 6.6-1: Transmitter RF spectrum

6.6.1 Occupied bandwidth

Occupied bandwidth is defined as the bandwidth containing 99 % of the total integrated mean power of the transmitted
spectrum on the assigned channel. The occupied bandwidth for all transmission bandwidth configurations (Resources
Blocks) shall be less than the channel bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.1-1

Table 6.6.1-1: Occupied channel bandwidth

Occupied channel bandwidth / channel bandwidth

1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
Channel bandwidth
1.4 3 5 10 15 20
(MHz)

6.6.2 Out of band emission

The Out of band emissions are unwanted emissions immediately outside the assigned channel bandwidth resulting from
the modulation process and non-linearity in the transmitter but excluding spurious emissions. This out of band emission
limit is specified in terms of a spectrum emission mask and an Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio.

6.6.2.1 Spectrum emission mask

The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the  edge of the assigned E-UTRA
channel bandwidth. For frequencies greater than (ΔfOOB) as specified in Table 6.6.2.1.1-1 the spurious requirements in
clause 6.6.3 are applicable.

6.6.2.1.1 Minimum requirement

The power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1.1-1 for the specified channel
bandwidth.

3GPP
Release 9 34 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 6.6.2.1.1-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB 1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20 Measurement

(MHz) MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz bandwidth

 0-1 -10 -13 -15 -18 -20 -21 30 kHz

 1-2.5 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 1 MHz
 2.5-2.8 -25 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 1 MHz
 2.8-5 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 1 MHz
 5-6 -25 -13 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
 6-10 -25 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
 10-15 -25 -13 -13 1 MHz
 15-20 -25 -13 1 MHz
 20-25 -25 1 MHz

Note: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement
bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be
smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth,
the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the
measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask

This requirement is specified in terms of an "additional spectrum emission" requirement.

6.6.2.2.1 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_03")

Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an
additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.

When "NS_03" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table
6.6.2.2.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.2.1-1: Additional requirements

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB 1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20 Measurement

(MHz) MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz bandwidth

 0-1 -10 -13 -15 -18 -20 -21 30 kHz

 1-2.5 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
 2.5-5 -25 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
 5-6 -25 -13 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
 6-10 -25 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
 10-15 -25 -13 -13 1 MHz
 15-20 -25 -13 1 MHz
 20-25 -25 1 MHz

Note: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement
bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be
smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth,
the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the
measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2.2 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_04")

Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an
additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.

3GPP
Release 9 35 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table
6.6.2.2.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.2.2-1: Additional requirements

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB 1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20 Measurement

(MHz) MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz bandwidth

 0-1 -10 -13 -15 -18 -20 -21 30 kHz

 1-2.5 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
 2.5-5 -25 -13 -13 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
 5-6 -25 -25 -25 -25 -25 1 MHz
 6-10 -25 -25 -25 -25 1 MHz
 10-15 -25 -25 -25 1 MHz
 15-20 -25 -25 1 MHz
 20-25 -25 1 MHz

Note: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement
bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be
smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth,
the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the
measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2.3 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_06" or “NS_07”)

Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an
additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.

When "NS_06" or “NS_07” is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels
specified in Table 6.6.2.2.3-1.

Table 6.6.2.2.3-1: Additional requirements

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB 1.4 3.0 5 10 Measurement
(MHz) MHz MHz MHz MHz bandwidth
 0-0.1 -13 -13 -15 -18 30 kHz
 0.1-1 -13 -13 -13 -13 100 kHz
 1-2.5 -13 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
 2.5-5 -25 -13 -13 -13 1 MHz
 5-6 -25 -13 -13 1 MHz
 6-10 -25 -13 1 MHz
 10-15 -25 1 MHz

Note: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement
bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be
smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth,
the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the
measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.3 Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio

Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel
frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency. ACLR requirements are specified for
two scenarios for an adjacent E -UTRA and /or UTRA channel as shown in Figure 6.6.2.3 -1.

3GPP
Release 9 36 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

ΔfOOB E-UTRA channel

Channel

E-UTRAACLR1 UTRA ACLR2 UTRAACLR1

RB

Figure 6.6.2.3-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage requirements

6.6.2.3.1 Minimum requirement E-UTRA

E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the
assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel
spacing. The assigned E-UTRA channel power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular
filters with measurement bandwidths specified in Table 6.6.2.3.1-1. If the measured adjacent channel power is greater
than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table 6.6.2.3.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3.1-1: General requirements for E-UTRAACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
E-UTRAACLR1 30 dB 30 dB 30 dB 30 dB 30 dB 30 dB
E-UTRA channel
1.08 2.7
Measurement 4.5 MHz 9.0 MHz 13.5 MHz 18 MHz
MHz MHz
bandwidth
Adjacent channel +1.4 +3.0 +5 +10 +15 +20
centre frequency / / / / / /
offset (in MHz) -1.4 -3.0 -5 -10 -15 -20

6.6.2.3.2 Minimum requirements UTRA

UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the
assigned E-UTRA channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent(s) UTRA channel frequency.

UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRA ACLR1) and
the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR2). The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with
roll-off factor =0.22. The assigned E-UTRA channel power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement
bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3.2-1. If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the
UTRAACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table 6.6.2.3.2-1.

3GPP
Release 9 37 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 6.6.2.3.2-1: Requirements for UTRAACLR1/2

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
UTRAACLR1 33 dB 33 dB 33 dB 33 dB 33 dB 33 dB
Adjacent 0.7+BWUTRA/ 1.5+BWUTRA/
channel 2 2 +2.5+BWUTRA/2 +5+BWUTRA/2 +7.5+BWUTRA/2 +10+BWUTRA/2
centre
/ / / /
frequency / / -2.5-BWUTRA/2 -5-BWUTRA/2 -7.5-BWUTRA/2 -10-BWUTRA/2
offset (in
MHz) -0.7-BWUTRA/2 -1.5-BWUTRA/2
UTRAACLR2 - - 36 dB 36 dB 36 dB 36 dB
Adjacent
channel +2.5+3*BWUTRA/ +5+3*BWUTRA/ +7.5+3*BWUTRA/ +10+3*BWUTRA/
centre 2 2 2 2
- -
frequency / / / /
offset (in -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 -5-3*BWUTRA/2 -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 -10-3*BWUTRA/2
MHz)
E-UTRA
channel
Measureme - - 4.5 MHz 9.0 MHz 13.5 MHz 18 MHz
nt
bandwidth
UTRA
5MHz
channel
- - 3.84 MHz 3.84 MHz 3.84 MHz 3.84 MHz
Measureme
nt
bandwidth*
UTRA
1.6MHz
channel
- - 1.28 MHz 1.28MHz 1.28MHz 1.28MHz
measureme
nt
bandwidth**
* Note: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

** Note: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

6.6.2.4 Additional ACLR requirements

This requirement is specified in terms of an additional UTRAACLR2 requirement.

6.6.2.4.1 Void

6.6.3 Spurious emissions

Spurious emissions are emissions which are caused by unwanted transmitter effects such as harmonics emission,
parasitic emissions, intermodulation products and frequency conversion products, but exclude out of band emissions.
The spurious emission limits are specified in terms of general requirements inline with SM.329 [2] and E-UTRA
operating band requirement to address UE co-existence.

Unless otherwise stated, the spurious emission limits apply for the frequency ranges that are more than ΔfOOB (MHz) in
Table 6.6.3.1-1 from the edge of the channel bandwidth. To improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency,
the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller
than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the
equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

3GPP
Release 9 38 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

6.6.3.1 Minimum requirements

Table 6.6.3.1-1: Boundary between E-UTRA ΔfOOB and spurious emission domain

Channel 1.4 3.0 5 10 15 20

bandwidth MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz

ΔfOOB (MHz) 2.8 6 10 15 20 25

The spurious emission limits in Table 6.6.3.1-2 apply for all transmitter band configurations (RB) and channel
bandwidths.

NOTE: In order that the measurement of spurious emissions falls within the frequency ranges that are more than
ΔfOOB (MHz) from the edge of the channel bandwidth, the minimum offset of the measurement frequency
from each edge of the channel should be ΔfOOB + MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement bandwidth
defined in Table 6.6.3.1-2.

Table 6.6.3.1-2: Spurious emissions limits

Frequency Range Maximum Level Measurement Bandwidth

9 kHz  f < 150 kHz -36 dBm 1 kHz

150 kHz  f < 30 MHz -36 dBm 10 kHz
30 MHz  f < 1000 MHz -36 dBm 100 kHz
1 GHz  f < 12.75 GHz -30 dBm 1 MHz

6.6.3.2 Spurious emission band UE co-existence

This clause specifies the requirements for the specified E-UTRA band, for coexistence with protected bands

NOTE: For measurement conditions at the edge of each frequency range, the lowest frequency of the
measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the lowest boundary of the frequency
range plus MBW/2. The highest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should
be set at the highest boundary of the frequency range minus MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement
bandwidth defined for the protected band.

Table 6.6.3.2-1: Requirements

Spurious emission
E-UTRA
Protected band Frequency range Maximum Measurement Comment
Band
(MHz) Level Bandwidth
(dBm) (MHz)

1 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 9, 11, 20, 21, 34, 38,

40 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

Frequency range 860 - 895 -50 1

1884.5 - 1919.6 Note6,Note7

Frequency range 1884.5 - 1915.7 -41 0.3 Note 6, Note8

E-UTRA band 33 1900 - 1920 -50 1 Note 3

E-UTRA band 39 1880 - 1920 -50 1 Note 3

2 E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

3 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 33, 34, 38 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

3GPP
Release 9 39 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

4 E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

5 E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

6 E-UTRA Band 1, 9, 11, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

Frequency range 860 - 875 -37 1

Frequency range 875 - 895 -50 1

1884.5 - 1919.6 Note7

Frequency range 1884.5 - 1915.7 -41 0.3 Note8

7 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 33, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

E-UTRA Band 38 2570 - 2620 -50 1 Note 3

8 E-UTRA Band 1, 8, 7, 20, 33, 34, 38, 39, 40 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

E-UTRA band 3 1805 - 1830 -50 1 Note 4

E-UTRA band 3 1805 - 1880 -36 0.1 Note 2,4

E-UTRA band 3 1830 - 1880 -50 1 Note 4

E-UTRA band 7 2640 - 2690 -50 1 Note 4

E-UTRA band 7 2640 - 2690 -36 0.1 Note 2,4

9 E-UTRA Band 1, 9, 11, 21, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

Frequency range 860 - 895 -50 1

1884.5 - 1919.6 Note7

Frequency range 1884.5 - 1915.7 -41 0.3 Note8

10 E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

11 Frequency range 1475.9 - 1510.9 -50 1

E-UTRA Band 1, 9, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

Frequency range 860 - 895 -50 1

1884.5 1919.6 Note7

Frequency range 1884.5 - 1915.7 -41 0.3 Note8

12 E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

13 E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

Frequency range 763 - 775 -35 0.00625

14 E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

Frequency range 763 - 775 -35 0.00625

17 E-UTRA Band 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

18 E-UTRA Band 1, 9, 11, 21, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

Frequency range 860 - 895 -40 1

1884.5 - 1919.6 Note7

Frequency range 1884.5 - 1915.7 -41 0.3 Note8

19 E-UTRA Band 1, 9, 11, 21, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

3GPP
Release 9 40 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Frequency range 860 - 895 -40 1 Note9

1884.5 - 1919.6 Note7

Frequency range 1884.5 - 1915.7 -41 0.3 Note8

20 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 33, 34, 38, 39, 40 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

Frequency range 2570 - 2586 -36 0.1 Note 2,4

21 Frequency range 1475.9 - 1510.9 -35 1 Note10

E-UTRA Band 1, 9, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

Frequency range 860 - 895 -50 1

1884.5 1919.6 Note7

-41 0.3
Frequency range 1884.5 - 1915.7 Note8
…

33 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 34, 38, 39, 40 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 5

34 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 9, 11, 20, 21, 33,

38,39, 40 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 5

Frequency range 860 - 895 -50 1

1884.5 - 1919.6 Note7

Frequency range 1884.5 - 1915.7 -41 0.3 Note8

35

36

37 -

38 E-UTRA Band 1,3, 7, 8, 20, 33, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

39 E-UTRA Band 34, 40 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

40 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 20, 33, 34, 39 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1

Note

1
FDL_low and FDL_high refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in Table 5.5-1

2 As exceptions, measurements with a level up to the applicable requirements defined in Table 6.6.3.1-2 are permitted for each
assigned E-UTRA carrier used in the measurement due to 2nd or 3rd harmonic spurious emissions. An exception is allowed if
there is at least one individual RE within the transmission bandwidth (see Figure 5.6-1) for which the 2nd or 3rd harmonic, i.e. the
frequency equal to two or three times the frequency of that RE, is within the measurement bandwidth.

3 To meet these requirements some restriction will be needed for either the operating band or protected band

4 Requirements are specified in terms of E-UTRA sub-bands

5 For non synchronised TDD operation to meet these requirements some restriction will be needed for either the operating band or
protected band

6 Applicable when NS_05 in section 6.6.3.3.1 is signalled by the network.

7
Applicable when co-existence with PHS system operating in 1884.5 -1919.6MHz.

8 Applicable when co-existence with PHS system operating in 1884.5 -1915.7MHz.

9 Applicable when NS_08 in section 6.6.3.3.3 is signalled by the network

10 Applicable when NS_[09] in section 6.6.3.3.4 is signalled by the network

3GPP
Release 9 41 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

6.6.3.3 Additional spurious emissions

These requirements are specified in terms of an additional spectrum emission requirement. Additional spurious
emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for
a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.

6.6.3.3.1 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_05")

When "NS_05" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table
6.6.3.3.1-1. This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than ΔfOOB (MHz) in Table 6.6.3.1-1
from the edge of the channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.3.3.1-1: Additional requirements (PHS)

Frequency band Channel bandwidth / Spectrum Measurement

(MHz) emission limit (dBm) bandwidth
5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz
1884.5 f 1919.6*1 -41 -41 -41 -41 300 KHz
1884.5 f 1915.7*2
-41 -41 -41 -41 300 KHz

Note
1. Applicable when the lower edge of the assigned E-UTRA UL channel
bandwidth frequency is larger than or equal to the upper edge of PHS band
(1919.6 MHz) + 4 MHz + the Channel BW assigned, where Channel BW is as
defined in Subclause 5.6. Operations below this point are for further study.
2. Applicable when the lower edge of the assigned E-UTRA UL channel
bandwidth frequency is larger than or equal to the upper edge of PHS band
(1915.7 MHz) + 4 MHz + the Channel BW assigned, where Channel BW is as
defined in Subclause 5.6. Operations below this point are for further study.

NOTE: For measurement conditions at the edge of each frequency range, the lowest frequency of the
measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the lowest boundary of the frequency
range plus MBW/2. The highest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should
be set at the highest boundary of the frequency range minus MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement
bandwidth (300 kHz).

6.6.3.3.2 Minimum requirement (network signalled value “NS_07”)

When “NS_07” is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table
6.6.3.3.2-1.

Table 6.6.3.3.2-1: Additional requirements

Frequency band Channel bandwidth / Spectrum Measurement

(MHz) emission limit (dBm) bandwidth

10 MHz

763 ≤ f ≤ 775 -57 6.25 kHz

6.6.3.3.3 Minimum requirement (network signalled value “NS_08”)

When “NS 08” is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table
6.6.3.3.3-1. This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than ΔfOOB (MHz) in Table 6.6.3.1-1
from the edge of the channel bandwidth.

3GPP
Release 9 42 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 6.6.3.3.3-1 Additional requirement

Frequency Channel bandwidth / Spectrum emission limit Measurement

band (dBm) bandwidth
(MHz)
5MHz 10MHz 15MHz

860 ≤ f ≤ 895 -40 -40 -40 1 MHz

NOTE: For measurement conditions at the edge of each frequency range, the lowest frequency of the
measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the lowest boundary of the frequency
range plus MBW/2. The highest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should
be set at the highest boundary of the frequency range minus MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement
bandwidth (1 MHz).

6.6.3.3.4 Minimum requirement (network signalled value “NS_[09]”)

When “NS [09]” is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in
Table 6.6.3.3.4-1. This requirement also applies for the frequency ranges that are less than ΔfOOB (MHz) in Table
6.6.3.1-1 from the edge of the channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.3.3.4-1 Additional requirement

Frequency band Channel bandwidth / Spectrum emission Measurement

limit (dBm) bandwidth
(MHz)
5MHz 10MHz 15MHz

1475.9 ≤ f ≤ 1510.9 -35 -35 -35 1 MHz

6.7 Transmit intermodulation

The transmit intermodulation performance is a measure of the capability of the transmitter to inhibit the generation of
signals in its non linear elements caused by presence of the wanted signal and an interfering signal reaching the
transmitter via the antenna.

6.7.1 Minimum requirement

User Equipment(s) transmitting in close vicinity of each other can produce intermodulation products, which can fall into
the UE, or eNode B receive band as an unwanted interfering signal. The UE intermodulation attenuation is defined by
the ratio of the mean power of the wanted signal to the mean power of the intermodulation product when an interfering
CW signal is added at a level below the wanted signal at each of the transmitter antenna port with the other antenna
port(s) if any is terminated. Both the wanted signal power and the intermodulation product power are measured through
E-UTRA rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth shown in Table 6.7.1-1.

The requirement of transmitting intermodulation is prescribed in Table 6.7.1-1.

3GPP
Release 9 43 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 6.7.1-1: Transmit Intermodulation

BW Channel (UL) 5MHz 10MHz 15MHz 20MHz

Interference Signal
5MHz 10MHz 10MHz 20MHz 15MHz 30MHz 20MHz 40MHz
Frequency Offset
Interference CW Signal
-40dBc
Level
Intermodulation Product -29dBc -35dBc -29dBc -35dBc -29dBc -35dBc -29dBc -35dBc

Measurement bandwidth 4.5MHz 4.5MHz 9.0MHz 9.0MHz 13.5MHz 13.5MHz 18MHz 18MHz

7 Receiver characteristics

7.1 General
Unless otherwise stated the receiver characteristics are specified at the antenna connector(s) of the UE. For UE(s) with
an integral antenna only, a reference antenna(s) with a gain of 0 dBi is assumed for each antenna port(s). UE with an
integral antenna(s) may be taken into account by converting these power levels into field strength requirements,
assuming a 0 dBi gain antenna. . For UEs with more than one receiver antenna connector, identical interfering signals
shall be applied to each receiver antenna port if more than one of these is used (diversity).

The levels of the test signal applied to each of the antenna connectors shall be as defined in the respective sections
below.

With the exception of Clause 7.3, the requirements shall be verified with the network signalling value NS_01
configured (Table 6.2.4-1).

All the parameters in clause 7 are defined using the UL reference measurement channels specified in Annexes A.2.2
and A.2.3, the DL reference measurement channels specified in Annex A.3.2 and using the set-up specified in Annex
C.3.1

7.2 Diversity characteristics

The requirements in Section 7 assume that the receiver is equipped with two Rx port as a baseline. These requirements
apply to all UE categories unless stated otherwise. Requirements for 4 ports are FFS. With the exception of clause 7.9
all requirements shall be verified by using both (all) antenna ports simultaneously.

7.3 Reference sensitivity power level

The reference sensitivity power level REFSENS is the minimum mean power applied to both the UE antenna ports at
which the throughput shall meet or exceed the requirements for the specified reference measurement channel.

7.3.1 Minimum requirements (QPSK)

The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.3.1-1 and table 7.3.1-2

3GPP
Release 9 44 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 7.3.1-1: Reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS

Channel bandwidth
E-UTRA 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Duplex
Band (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) Mode
1 - - -100 -97 -95.2 -94 FDD
2 -103.2 -100.2 -98 -95 -93.2 -92 FDD
3 -102.2 -99.2 -97 -94 -92.2 -91 FDD
4 -105.2 -101.7 -100 -97 -95.2 -94 FDD
5 -103.2 -100.2 -98 -95 FDD
6 -100 -97 FDD
7 -98 -95 -93.2 -92 FDD
8 -102.2 -99.2 -97 -94 FDD
9 -99 -96 -94.2 -93 FDD
10 -100 -97 -95.2 -94 FDD
11 -100 -97 FDD
12 -102.2 -99.2 -97 -94 FDD
13 -97 -94 FDD
14 FDD
…
17 -102.2 -99.2 -97 -94 FDD
18 -100 -97 -95.2 FDD
19 -100 -97 -95.2 FDD
20 [-97] [-94] TBD TBD FDD
21 -100 -97 -95.2 FDD
…
33 -100 -97 -95.2 -94 TDD
34 -100 -97 -95.2 -94 TDD
35 -106.2 -102.2 -100 -97 -95.2 -94 TDD
36 -106.2 -102.2 -100 -97 -95.2 -94 TDD
37 -100 -97 -95.2 -94 TDD
38 -100 -97 -95.2 -94 TDD
39 -100 -97 -95.2 -94 TDD
40 -100 -97 -95.2 -94 TDD
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to PUMAX as defined in clause 6.2.5
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1
Note 3: The signal power is specified per port
Note 4: For the UE which supports both Band 3 and Band 9 the reference sensitivity
level of Band 3 + 0.5 dB is applicable for band 9
Note 5: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the reference sensitivity
level is FFS.

Table 7.3.1-2 specifies the minimum number of allocated uplink resource blocks for which the reference receive
sensitivity requirement must be met.

3GPP
Release 9 45 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 7.3.1-2: Minimum uplink configuration for reference sensitivity

E-UTRA Band / Channel bandwidth / NRB / Duplex mode

E-UTRA Duplex
1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Band Mode
1 - - 25 50 75 100 FDD
2 6 15 25 50 501 501 FDD
3 6 15 25 50 501 501 FDD
4 6 15 25 50 75 100 FDD
5 6 15 25 251 FDD
6 25 251 FDD
7 25 50 751 751 FDD
8 6 15 25 251 - - FDD
9 25 50 501 501 FDD
10 25 50 75 100 FDD
11 25 251 FDD
12 6 15 201 201 FDD
13 201 201 FDD
14 FDD
...
17 201 201 FDD
18 25 251 251 FDD
19 25 251 251 FDD
20 25 [25]1 TBD TBD FDD
21 25 251 251 FDD
…
33 25 50 75 100 TDD
34 25 50 75 TDD
35 6 15 25 50 75 100 TDD
36 6 15 25 50 75 100 TDD
37 25 50 75 100 TDD
38 25 50 75 100 TDD
39 25 50 75 100 TDD
40 25 50 75 100 TDD
Note 1: The number of UL resource blocks allocated is less than the total
resources blocks supported by the channel bandwidth. The UL resource
blocks shall be located as close as possible to the downlink operating
band but confined within the transmission bandwidth configuration for the
channel bandwidth (Table 5.6-1). For Band 20, the location(s) of the UL
resource blocks is for further study.
Note 2: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the minimum
uplink configuration for reference sensitivity is FFS.

Unless given by Table 7.3.1-3, the minimum requirements specified in Tables 7.3.1-1 and 7.3.1-2 shall be verified with
the network signalling value NS_01 (Table 6.2.4-1) configured.

3GPP
Release 9 46 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 7.3.1-3: Network Signalling Value for reference sensitivity

Network
E-UTRA
Signalling
Band
value
2 NS_03
4 NS_03
10 NS_03
12 NS_06
13 NS_06
14 NS_06
17 NS_06
21 NS_[09]
35 NS_03
36 NS_03

7.3.2 Requirement for large transmission configurations

For some combinations of bandwidths and operating bands, a certain relaxation of the UE performance is allowed when
the transmission configuration is larger than that in Table 7.3.1-2. Table 7.3.2-1 specifies the allowed maximum
sensitivity degradation (MSD) when the UL resource block allocation is the maximum supported transmission
bandwidth configuration NRB (Table 5.6-1). Unless given by Table 7.3.1-3, the MSD shall be verified with the network
signalling value NS_01 (Table 6.2.4-1) configured.

Table 7.3.2-1: Maximum Sensitivity Degradation

Channel bandwidth
E-UTRA 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Duplex
Band (dB) (dB) (dB) (dB) (dB) (dB) Mode
1 n/a n/a n/a n/a FDD
2 n/a n/a n/a n/a TBD TBD FDD
3 n/a n/a n/a n/a TBD TBD FDD
4 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a FDD
5 n/a n/a n/a TBD FDD
6 n/a TBD FDD
7 n/a n/a TBD TBD FDD
8 n/a n/a n/a TBD FDD
9 n/a n/a TBD TBD FDD
10 n/a n/a n/a n/a FDD
11 n/a TBD FDD
12 TBD TBD FDD
13 TBD TBD FDD
14 FDD
17 TBD TBD FDD
18 n/a TBD TBD FDD
19 n/a TBD TBD FDD
20 n/a TBD TBD TBD FDD
21 n/a TBD TBD FDD
Note:
1. The transmitter shall be set to PUMAX as defined in clause 6.2.5 with the maximum
transmission configuration (Table 5.5-1) allocated

3GPP
Release 9 47 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

7.4 Maximum input level

This is defined as the maximum mean power received at the UE antenna port, at which the specified relative throughput
shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements for the specified reference measurement channel.

7.4.1 Minimum requirements

The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.4.1.

Table 7.4.1-1: Maximum input level

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth

1.4 3 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
Wanted signal mean power dBm -25
Note:
1. The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PUMAX at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3.1-2.
2. Reference measurement channel is Annex A.3.2: 64QAM, R=3/4 variant with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

7.5 Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS)

7.5.1 Minimum requirements
Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) is a measure of a receiver's ability to receive a E-UTRA signal at its assigned
channel frequency in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the centre frequency of
the assigned channel. ACS is the ratio of the receive filter attenuation on the assigned channel frequency to the receive
filter attenuation on the adjacent channel(s).

The UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement specified in Table 7.5.1-1 for all values of an adjacent channel interferer
up to –25 dBm. However it is not possible to directly measure the ACS, instead the lower and upper range of test
parameters are chosen in Table 7.5.1-2 and Table 7.5.1-3 where the throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum
throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1).

Table 7.5.1-1: Adjacent channel selectivity

Channel bandwidth

Rx Parameter Units 1.4 MHz 3 5 10 15 20

MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz

ACS dB 33.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 30 27

3GPP
Release 9 48 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 7.5.1-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth

1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz

Wanted signal dBm

REFSENS + 14 dB
mean power
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
PInterferer +45.5dB +45.5dB +45.5dB* +45.5dB +42.5dB +39.5dB
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.0025
/ / / / / /
-1.4-0.0025 -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5-0.0075 -10-0.0125 -12.5-0.0025
Note:
1. The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PUMAX at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table 7.3.1-2
2. The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1

Table 7.5.1-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth

1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz

Wanted signal
dBm -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -56.5 -53.5 -50.5
mean power
PInterferer dBm -25
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1.4+0.0025 3+0.0075 5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 10+0.0125 12.5+0.0025
/ / / / / /
-1.4-0.0025 -3-0.0075 -5-0.0025 -7.5-0.0075 -10-0.0125 -12.5-0.0025
Note:
1. The transmitter shall be set to 24dB below PUMAX at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table 7.3.1-2
2. The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex 3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up according to Annex C.3.1

7.6 Blocking characteristics

The blocking characteristic is a measure of the receiver's ability to receive a wanted signal at its assigned channel
frequency in the presence of an unwanted interferer on frequencies other than those of the spurious response or the
adjacent channels, without this unwanted input signal causing a degradation of the performance of the receiver beyond a
specified limit. The blocking performance shall apply at all frequencies except those at which a spurious response
occur.

7.6.1 In-band blocking

In-band blocking is defined for an unwanted interfering signal falling into the UE receive band or into the first 15 MHz
below or above the UE receive band at which the relative throughput shall meet or exceed the minimum requirement for
the specified measurement channels..

7.6.1.1 Minimum requirements

The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.1.1-1 and 7.6.1.1-2.

3GPP
Release 9 49 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 7.6.1.1-1: In band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth

1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz

Wanted signal REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below

dBm
mean power
6 6 6 6 7 9
BWInterferer MHz 1.4 3 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 2.1+0.0125 4.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125 7.5+0.0025 7.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 3.5+0.0075 7.5+0.0075 12.5+0.0075 12.5+0.0125 12.5+0.0025 12.5+0.0075
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PUMAX at the minimum uplink configuration specified in Table
7.3.1-2.
Note 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex A.3.2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 and set-up
according to Annex C.3.1

Table 7.6.1.1-2: In-band blocking

E-UTRA band Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2 Case 3

s
PInterferer dBm -56 -44 -30
=-BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1  -BW/2- FIoffset, case 2 -BW/2 – 9 MHz
FInterferer
MHz & & &
(Offset)
=+BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1  +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 2 -BW/2 – 15 MHz
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11,12, 13, 18, 19, FDL_low -15
20, 21, FInterferer MHz to
(Note 2)
33,34,35,36,37,38,39,4 FDL_high +15
0
17 FInterferer MHz FDL_low -9.0 FDL_low -15
to and
(Note 2) FDL_high +15 FDL_low -9.0 (Note
3)
Note
1 For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive band, but
within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band.
2 For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency -BW/2 -FIoffset, case 1 and
b. the carrier frequency + BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1.
3 Finterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer center frequencies.
4 Case 3 only applies to assigned UE channel bandwidth of 5 MHz.

7.6.2 Out-of-band blocking

Out-of-band band blocking is defined for an unwanted CW interfering signal falling more than 15 MHz below or above
the UE receive band. For the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band the appropriate in-band blocking or
adjacent channel selectivity in sub-clause 7.5.1 and sub-clause 7.6.1 shall be applied.

7.6.2.1 Minimum requirements

. The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.6.2.1-1 and 7.6.2.1-2.

For Table 7.6.2.1-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to exceptions are allowed for spurious response
frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where is the number of
resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configuration (see Figure 5.4.2-1). For these exceptions the
requirements of clause 7.7 Spurious response are applicable.

3GPP
Release 9 50 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

For Table 7.6.2.1-2 in frequency range 4, up to exceptions are allowed for spurious response frequencies in
each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1MHz step size, where is the number of resource blocks
in the downlink transmission bandwidth configurations (see Figure 5.4.2-1) and is the number of resource blocks
allocated in the uplink. For these exceptions the requirements of clause 7.7 spurious response are applicable.

Table 7.6.2.1-1: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth

1.4 3 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz

Wanted signal mean REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below

dBm
power 6 6 6 6 7 9
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PUMAX at the minimum uplink
configuration specified in Table 7.3.1-2.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.

Table 7.6.2.1-2: Out of band blocking

E-UTRA band Parameter Units Frequency

range 1 range 2 range 3 range 4

PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15 -15

1, 2, 3, 4, 5 FDL_low -15 to FDL_low -60 to FDL_low -85 to
-
6, 7, 8, 9, FDL_low -60 FDL_low -85 1 MHz
10,11,12, 13,
FInterferer (CW) MHz
17, 18, 19, 20,
FDL_high +15 to FDL_high +60 to FDL_high +85 to
21, 33,34, 35, -
FDL_high + 60 FDL_high +85 +12750 MHz
36, 37, 38, 39,
40
2, 5, 12, 17 FInterferer MHz - - - FUL_low - FUL_high
Note: For the UE which supports both Band 11 and Band 21 the out of blocking is FFS.

7.6.3 Narrow band blocking

This requirement is measure of a receiver's ability to receive a E-UTRA signal at its assigned channel frequency in the
presence of an unwanted narrow band CW interferer at a frequency, which is less than the nominal channel spacing.

7.6.3.1 Minimum requirements

. The relative throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as
specified in Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal
as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.6.3.1-1

3GPP
Release 9 51 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 7.6.3.1-1: Narrow-band blocking

Channel Bandwidth
Parameter Unit
1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below
Pw dBm
22 18 16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for
MHz 0.9075 1.7025 2.7075 5.2125 7.7025 10.2075
f = 15 kHz)
Fuw (offset for
MHz
f = 7.5 kHz)
Note 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PUMAX at the minimum uplink configuration
specified in Table 7.3.1-2.
Note 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

7.7 Spurious response

Spurious response is a measure of the receiver's ability to receive a wanted signal on its assigned channel frequency
without exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering signal at any other frequency
at which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out of band blocking limit as specified in sub-clause 7.6.2 is not met.

7.7.1 Minimum requirements

The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Tables 7.7.1-1 and 7.7.1-2.

Table 7.7.1-1: Spurious response parameters

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth

1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz

Wanted signal REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below

dBm
mean power 6 6 6 6 7 9
Note:

1. The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PUMAX at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3.1-2.
2. Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.

Table 7.7.1-2: Spurious Response

Parameter Unit Level

PInterferer
dBm -44
(CW)
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

7.8 Intermodulation characteristics

Intermodulation response rejection is a measure of the capability of the receiver to receiver a wanted signal on its
assigned channel frequency in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency
relationship to the wanted signal.

3GPP
Release 9 52 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

7.8.1 Wide band intermodulation

The wide band intermodulation requirement is defined following the same principles using modulated E-UTRA carrier
and CW signal as interferer.
7.8.1.1 Minimum requirements
The throughput shall be ≥ 95% of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
Annexes A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in Table 7.8.1.1 for the specified wanted signal mean
power in the presence of two interfering signals

Table 7.8.1.1-1: Wide band intermodulation

Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth

1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz

Wanted signal REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below

dBm
mean power 12 8 6 6 7 9
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
-46
(Modulated)
BWInterferer 2 1.4 3 5
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 –2.1 -BW/2 –4.5 -BW/2 – 7.5
(Offset) / / /
+BW/2+ 2.1 +BW/2 + 4.5 +BW/2 + 7.5
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
Note:
1 The transmitter shall be set to 4dB below PUMAX at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
Table 7.3.1-2.
2 Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1.
3 The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in Annex
A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 with set-up according to Annex C.3.1The interfering modulated signal is 5MHz E-
UTRA signal as described in Annex D for channel bandwidth 5MHz

7.8.2 Void

7.9 Spurious emissions

The spurious emissions power is the power of emissions generated or amplified in a receiver that appear at the UE
antenna connector.

7.9.1 Minimum requirements

The power of any narrow band CW spurious emission shall not exceed the maximum level specified in Table 7.9.1-1

Table 7.9.1-1: General receiver spurious emission requirements

Frequency Band Measurement Maximum Note

Bandwidth level
30MHz  f < 1GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1GHz  f  12.75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm

3GPP
Release 9 53 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

8 Performance requirement
This clause contains performance requirements for the physical channels specified in [TS 36.211]. The performance
requirements for the UE in this clause are specified for the measurement channels specified in Annex A.3, the
propagation conditions in Annex B and the downlink channels in Annex C.3.2.

8.1 General
8.1.1 Dual-antenna receiver capability
The performance requirements are based on UE(s) that utilize a dual-antenna receiver.

For all test cases, the SNR is defined as

where the superscript indicates the receiver antenna connector. The SNR requirement applies for the UE categories
given for each test.

8.1.1.1 Simultaneous unicast and MBMS operations

8.1.1.2 Dual-antenna receiver capability in idle mode

8.2 Demodulation of PDSCH (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)

8.2.1 FDD (Fixed Reference Channel)
The parameters specified in Table 8.2.1-1 are valid for all FDD tests unless otherwise stated.

Table 8.2.1-1: Common Test Parameters (FDD)

Parameter Unit Value

Inter-TTI Distance 1
Number of HARQ
Processes 8
processes
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version {0,1,2,3} for QPSK and 16QAM
coding sequence {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM
4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth, 3 for 3 MHz and
Number of OFDM 5 MHz bandwidths,
OFDM symbols
symbols for PDCCH 2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz and 20 MHz
bandwidths
Cyclic Prefix Normal
Cell_ID 0
Note:

3GPP
Release 9 54 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

8.2.1.1 Single-antenna port performance

The single-antenna performance in a given multi-path fading environments is determined by the SNR for which a
certain relative information bit throughput of the reference measurement channels in Annex A.3.3 is achieved. The
purpose of these tests is to verify the single-antenna performance with different channel models and MCS. The QPSK
and 64QAM cases are also used to verify the performance for all bandwidths specified in Table 5.6.1-1.

8.2.1.1.1 Minimum Requirement

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.1.1-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2].

Table 8.2.1.1.1-1: Test Parameters

Parameter Unit Test 1- 5 Test 6- 8 Test 9- 15 Test 16- 18

Downlink power dB 0 0 0 0
allocation dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98 -98 -98
OCNG (Note OCNG (Note OCNG (Note 2)
Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 2)
2) 2)
Modulation QPSK 16QAM 64QAM 16QAM
Note 1:
Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH
per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random
data, which is QPSK modulated.

Table 8.2.1.1.1-2: Minimum performance (FRC)

Test Bandwidt Referenc OCNG Propagatio Correlation Reference value UE

numbe h e Pattern n Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Categor
r Channel Antenna Maximum (dB) y
Configuratio Throughpu
n t (%)
1 10 MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.0 1-5
FDD
2 10 MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low 70 -0.4 1-5
3 10 MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU300 1x2 Low 70 0.0 1-5
4 10 MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 FDD HST 1x2 Low 70 -2.4 1-5
5 1.4 MHz R.4 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -0.5 1-5
6 10 MHz R.3 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 6.7 2-5
7 10 MHz R.3 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low 30 1.4 2-5
8 10 MHz R.3 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU300 1x2 High 70 9.4 2-5
9 3 MHz R.5 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.6 1-5
10 5 MHz R.6 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.4 2-5
11 10 MHz R.7 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.7 2-5
12 10 MHz R.7 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low 70 19.0 2-5
13 10 MHz R.7 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 High 70 19.1 2-5
14 15 MHz R.8 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.7 2-5
15 20 MHz R.9 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.6 3-5
16 3 MHz R.0 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low 30 1.9 1-5
17 10 MHz R.1 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low 30 1.9 1-5
18 20 MHz R.1 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low 30 1.9 1-5

3GPP
Release 9 55 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

8.2.1.1.2 Void

8.2.1.1.3 Void

8.2.1.1.4 Minimum Requirement 1 PRB allocation

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.1.4-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.1.4-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose of these tests is to verify the single-
antenna performance with a single PRB allocated at the lower band edge.

Table 8.2.1.1.4-1: Test Parameters for Testing 1 PRB allocation

Parameter Unit Test 1

Downlink power dB 0
allocation dB 0 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
Symbols for MBSFN portion of
OCNG (Note 3)
MBSFN subframes (Note 2)
Note 1:
Note 2: The MBSFN portion of an MBSFN subframe comprises the
whole MBSFN subframe except the first two symbols in the
first slot.
Note 3: The MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes shall contain
QPSK modulated data. Cell-specific reference signals are
not inserted in the MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes,
QPSK modulated MBSFN data is used instead.

Table 8.2.1.1.4-2: Minimum performance 1PRB (FRC)

Test Bandwidt Referenc OCNG Propagatio Correlation Reference value UE

numbe h e Pattern n Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Categor
r Channel Antenna Maximum (dB) y
Configuratio Throughpu
n t (%)
1 10 MHz R.29 FDD OP.4 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low 30 2.0 1-5

8.2.1.2 Transmit diversity performance

8.2.1.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.2.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.2.1-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose is to verify the performance of
transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 and 4 transmitter antennas.

3GPP
Release 9 56 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 8.2.1.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC)

Parameter Unit Test 1-2

Downlink power dB -3
allocation dB -3 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
Note 1:

Table 8.2.1.2.1-2: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test Band- Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 6.8 2-5
2 10 MHz R.10 FDD OP.1 FDD HST 2x2 Low 70 -2.3 1-5

8.2.1.2.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.2.2-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.2.2-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose is to verify the performance of
transmit diversity (SFBC) with 4 transmitter antennas.

Table 8.2.1.2.2-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC)

Parameter Unit Test 1

Downlink power dB -3
allocation dB -3 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
Note 1:

Table 8.2.1.2.2-2: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test Band- Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
1 1.4 MHz R.12 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x2 Medium 70 0.2 1-5

8.2.1.3 Open-loop spatial multiplexing performance

8.2.1.3.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.3.1-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose is to verify the performance of large
delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas.

3GPP
Release 9 57 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 8.2.1.3.1-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Parameter Unit Test 1

Downlink power dB -3
allocation dB -3 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
Note 1:

Table 8.2.1.3.1-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test Band- Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 13.0 2-5

8.2.1.3.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.3.2-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.3.2-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose is to verify the performance of large
delay CDD with 4 transmitter antennas.

Table 8.2.1.3.2-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Parameter Unit Test 1

Downlink power dB -6
allocation dB -6 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
Note 1:

Table 8.2.1.3.2-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test Band- Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.14 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA70 4x2 Low 70 14.3 2-5

8.2.1.4 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance

8.2.1.4.1 Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.1-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed
loop rank-one performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

3GPP
Release 9 58 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 8.2.1.4.1-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Downlink power dB -3 -3
allocation dB -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98
Precoding granularity PRB 6 50
PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8 8
Reporting interval ms TBD TBD
Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2 PUSCH 3-1
Note 1:
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame
SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than
SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink
before SF#(n+4)

Table 8.2.1.4.1-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test Band- Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.10 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 -2.5 1-5
2 10 MHz R.10 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 2x2 High 70 -2.8 1-5

8.2.1.4.1A Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.1A-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.1A-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed
loop rank-one performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

Table 8.2.1.4.1A-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test 1
Parameter Unit

Downlink power dB -6
allocation dB -6 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
Precoding granularity PRB 6
PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8
Reporting interval ms TBD
Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2
Note 1:
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting
instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink
SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at
the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)

3GPP
Release 9 59 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 8.2.1.4.1A-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test Band- Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.13 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 4x2 Low 70 -3.4 1-5

8.2.1.4.2 Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2-2,with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.2-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed
loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

Table 8.2.1.4.2-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Downlink power dB -3 -3
allocation dB -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98
Precoding granularity PRB 50 50
PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8 8
Reporting interval ms TBD TBD
Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2 PUSCH 3-1
Note 1:
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n
based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this
reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)

Table 8.2.1.4.2-2: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test Band- Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 12.9 2-5
2 10 MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 2x2 Low 70 14.3 2-5

8.2.1.4.3 Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.3-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed
loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

3GPP
Release 9 60 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 8.2.1.4.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Parameter Unit Test 1

Downlink power dB -6
allocation dB -6 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
Precoding granularity PRB 6
PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8
Reporting interval ms TBD
Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2
Note 1:
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at
subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF
not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be
applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)

Table 8.2.1.4.3-2: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test Band- Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.14 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.5 2-5

8.2.1.5 MU-MIMO

8.2.1.6 [Control channel performance: D-BCH and PCH]

8.2.2 TDD (Fixed Reference Channel)

The parameters specified in Table 8.2.2-1 are valid for all TDD tests unless otherwise stated.

Table 8.2.2-1: Common Test Parameters (TDD)

Parameter Unit Value

Uplink downlink
1
configuration (Note 1)
Special subframe
4
configuration (Note 2)
Cyclic prefix Normal
Cell ID 0
Inter-TTI Distance 1
Number of HARQ
Processes 7
processes
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version {0,1,2,3} for QPSK and 16QAM
coding sequence {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM
4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth, 3 for 3 MHz and
Number of OFDM 5 MHz bandwidths,
OFDM symbols
symbols for PDCCH 2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz and 20 MHz
bandwidths
Note 1: as specified in Table 4.2-2 in [TS 36.211]
Note 2: as specified in Table 4.2-1 in [TS 36.211]

3GPP
Release 9 61 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

8.2.2.1 Single-antenna port performance

The single-antenna performance in a given multi-path fading environments is determined by the SNR for which a
certain relative information bit throughput of the reference measurement channels in Annex A.3.4 is achieved. The
purpose of these tests is to verify the single-antenna performance with different channel models and MCS. The QPSK
and 64QAM cases are also used to verify the performance for all bandwidths specified in Table 5.6.1-1.

8.2.2.1.1 Minimum Requirement

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.1.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.1.1-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2].

Table 8.2.2.1.1-1: Test Parameters

Parameter Unit Test 1- 5 Test 6- 8 Test 9- 15 Test 16- 18

Downlink power dB 0 0 0 0
allocation dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98 -98 -98
Symbols for unused PRBs - - - OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation QPSK 16QAM 64QAM 16QAM
ACK/NACK feedback Multiplexing Multiplexing Multiplexing Multiplexing
mode
Note 1: PB  0
Note 2: Each unused physical resource block (PRB) is assigned to an individual virtual UE. The data for each
virtual UE shall be uncorrelated with data from other virtual UEs over the period of any measurement. The
data shall be QPSK modulated.

Table 8.2.2.1.1-2: Minimum performance (FRC)

Test Bandwidt Referenc OCNG Propagatio Correlation Reference value UE

numbe h e Pattern n Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Categor
r Channel Antenna Maximum (dB) y
Configuratio Throughpu
n t (%)
1 10 MHz R.2 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.2 1-5
2 10 MHz R.2 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 1x2 Low 70 -0.6 1-5
3 10 MHz R.2 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU300 1x2 Low 70 -0.2 1-5
4 10 MHz R.2 TDD OP.1 TDD HST 1x2 Low 70 -2.6 1-5
5 1.4 MHz R.4 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -0.5 1-5
6 10 MHz R.3 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 6.7 2-5
7 10 MHz R.3 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 1x2 Low 30 1.4 2-5
8 10 MHz R.3 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU300 1x2 High 70 9.3 2-5
9 3 MHz R.5 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.6 1-5
10 5 MHz R.6 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.6 2-5
11 10 MHz R.7 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.6 2-5
12 10 MHz R.7 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 1x2 Low 70 19.1 2-5
13 10 MHz R.7 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 High 70 19.1 2-5
14 15 MHz R.8 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.8 2-5
15 20 MHz R.9 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.7 3-5
16 3 MHz R.0 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 1x2 Low 30 2.1 1-5
17 10 MHz R.1 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 1x2 Low 30 2.0 1-5
18 20 MHz R.1 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 1x2 Low 30 2.1 1-5

3GPP
Release 9 62 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

8.2.2.1.2 Void

8.2.2.1.3 Void

8.2.2.1.4 Minimum Requirement 1 PRB allocation

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.1.4-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.1.1.4-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose of these tests is to verify the single-
antenna performance with a single PRB allocated at the lower band edge.

Table 8.2.2.1.4-1: Test Parameters for Testing 1 PRB allocation

Parameter Unit Test 1

Downlink power dB 0
allocation dB 0 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
Symbols for MBSFN portion of
OCNG (Note 3)
MBSFN subframes (Note 2)
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing
Note 1: PB  0
Note 2: The MBSFN portion of an MBSFN subframe comprises the
whole MBSFN subframe except the first two symbols in the
first slot.
Note 3: The MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes shall contain
QPSK modulated data. Cell-specific reference signals are
not inserted in the MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes,
QPSK modulated MBSFN data is used instead.

Table 8.2.2.1.4-2: Minimum performance 1PRB (FRC)

Test Bandwidt Referenc OCNG Propagatio Correlation Reference value UE

numbe h e Pattern n Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Categor
r Channel Antenna Maximum (dB) y
Configuratio Throughpu
n t (%)
1 10 MHz R.29 TDD OP.3 TDD ETU70 1x2 Low 30 2.0 1-5
16QAM
1/2

8.2.2.2 Transmit diversity performance

8.2.2.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.2.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.2.1-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose is to verify the performance of
transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmitter antennas.

3GPP
Release 9 63 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 8.2.2.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC)

Parameter Unit Test 1-2

Downlink power dB -3
allocation dB -3 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing
Note 1: PB  1

Table 8.2.2.2.1-2: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.11 TDD OP.1 EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 6.8 2-5
TDD
2 10 MHz R.10 TDD OP.1 HST 2x2 Low 70 -2.3 1-5
TDD

8.2.2.2.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.2.2-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.2.2-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose is to verify the performance of
transmit diversity (SFBC) with 4 transmitter antennas.

Table 8.2.2.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC)

Parameter Unit Test 1

Downlink power dB -3
allocation dB -3 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing
Note 1: PB  1

Table 8.2.2.2.1-2: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
1 1.4 MHz R.12 TDD OP.1 EPA5 4x2 Medium 70 -0.2 1-5
TDD

8.2.2.3 Open-loop spatial multiplexing performance

8.2.2.3.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.3.1-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose is to verify the performance of large
delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas.

3GPP
 Release 9 64 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 8.2.2.3.1-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Parameter Unit Test 1

Downlink power dB -3
allocation dB -3 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
ACK/NACK feedback mode Bundling
Note 1:

Table 8.2.2.3.1-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.11-1 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70 13.1 2-5
TDD TDD

8.2.2.3.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.3.2-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.3.2-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose is to verify the performance of large
delay CDD with 4 transmitter antennas.

Table 8.2.2.3.2-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Parameter Unit Test 1

Downlink power dB -6
allocation dB -6 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
ACK/NACK feedback mode Bundling
Note 1:

Table 8.2.2.3.2-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.14 TDD OP.1 EVA70 4x2 Low 70 14.2 2-5
TDD

8.2.2.4 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance

8.2.2.4.1 Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.4.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.4.1-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed
loop rank-one performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

3GPP
Release 9 65 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 8.2.2.4.1-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Downlink power dB -3 -3
allocation dB -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98
Precoding granularity PRB 6 50
Minimium PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8 8
Reporting interval ms TBD TBD
Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2 PUSCH 3-1
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing
Note 1:
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI
estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied
at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)

Table 8.2.2.4.1-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test Bandwidt Referenc OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

numbe h e Patter Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Categor
r Channel n Antenna Maximum (dB) y
Configuratio Throughpu
n t (%)
1 10 MHz R.10 TDD OP.1 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 -3.1 1-5
TDD
2 10 MHz R.10 TDD OP.1 EPA5 2x2 High 70 -3.3 1-5
TDD

8.2.2.4.1A Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.4.1A-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.4.1A-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed
loop rank-one performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

Table 8.2.2.4.1A-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test 1
Parameter Unit

Downlink power dB -6
allocation dB -6 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
Precoding granularity PRB 6
Minimium PMI delay (Note 8
ms
2)
Reporting interval ms TBD
Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2
ACK/NACK feedback Multiplexing
mode
Note 1:
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting
instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at
a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported
PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before
SF#(n+4)

3GPP
Release 9 66 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 8.2.2.4.1A-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.13 TDD OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 -3.7 1-5
TDD

8.2.2.4.2 Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.4.2-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.4.2-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed
loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

Table 8.2.2.4.2-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Downlink power dB -3 -3
allocation dB -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98
Precoding granularity PRB 50 50
Minimium PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8 8
Reporting interval ms TBD TBD
Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2 PUSCH 3-1
ACK/NACK feedback mode Bundling Bundling
Note 1:
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n
based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this
reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)

Table 8.2.2.4.2-2: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
[5.1] 10 MHz R.11-1 OP.1 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 12.8 2-5
TDD TDD
[5.2] 10 MHz R.11-1 OP.1 ETU70 2x2 Low 70 13.9 2-5
TDD TDD

8.2.2.4.3 Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.4.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.4.3-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed
loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

3GPP
Release 9 67 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 8.2.2.4.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Parameter Unit Test 1

Downlink power dB -6
allocation dB -6 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
Precoding granularity PRB 6
Minimium PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8
Reporting interval ms TBD
Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2
ACK/NACK feedback mode Bundling
Note 1:
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance
at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later
than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB
downlink before SF#(n+4)

Table 8.2.2.4.3-2: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.14 TDD OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.7 2-5
TDD

8.2.2.5 MU-MIMO

8.2.2.6 [Control channel performance: D-BCH and PCH]

8.3 Demodulation of PDSCH (User-Specific Reference Symbols)

8.3.1 FDD
[TBD]

8.3.2 TDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.3.2-1 are valid for TDD unless otherwise stated.

3GPP
Release 9 68 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 8.3.2-1: Common Test Parameters for DRS

Parameter Unit Value

Uplink downlink
1
configuration (Note 1)
Special subframe
4
configuration (Note 2)
Cyclic prefix Normal
Cell ID 0
Inter-TTI Distance 1
Number of HARQ
Processes 7
processes
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version {0,1,2,3} for QPSK and 16QAM
coding sequence {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM
Number of OFDM
OFDM symbols 2
symbols for PDCCH
Beamforming Model As specified in Section B.4
Precoder update Frequency domain: 1 PRB
granularity Time domain: 1 ms
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 1: as specified in Table 4.2-2 in [TS 36.211]
Note 2: as specified in Table 4.2-1 in [TS 36.211]

The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.2-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.2-2 and the downlink
physical channel setup according to table [in Annex C.3.2]. The purpose is to verify the demodulation performance
using user-specific reference signals with full RB or single RB allocation.

Table 8.3.2-2: Test Parameters for Testing DRS

parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Test 4

dB 0 0 0 0
Downlink power allocation
dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)

at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98 -98 -98

Number of allocated resource blocks PRB 50 50 50 1 (Note 2)
Note 1:
Note 2: Zeros shall be inserted for unused PRBs

Table 8.3.2-3: Minimum performance DRS (FRC)

Test Bandwidth Reference Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number and MCS Channel Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.25 TDD EPA5 1x2 Low 70 -0.8 1-5
QPSK 1/3
2 10 MHz R.26 TDD EPA5 1x2 Low 70 7.0 2-5
16QAM 1/2
3 10 MHz R.27 TDD EPA5 1x2 Low 70 17.0 2-5
64QAM 3/4
4 10 MHz R.28 TDD EPA5 1x2 Low 30 1.7 1-5
16QAM 1/2

3GPP
 Release 9 69 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

8.4 Demodulation of PDCCH/PCFICH

The receiver characteristics of the PDCCH/PCFICH are determined by the probability of miss-detection of the
Downlink Scheduling Grant (Pm-dsg). PDCCH and PCFICH are tested jointly, i.e. a miss detection of PCFICH implies
a miss detection of PDCCH.

8.4.1 FDD
Table 8.4.1-1: Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH

Single antenna Transmit

Parameter Unit
port diversity
Number of PDCCH symbols symbols 2 2
Number of PHICH groups (Ng) 1 1
PHICH duration Normal Normal
Cell ID 0 0
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA dB 0 -3
Downlink power PHICH_RA
allocation PCFICH_RB
PDCCH_RB dB 0 -3
PHICH_RB
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98
Cyclic prefix Normal Normal

8.4.1.1 Single-antenna port performance

For the parameters specified in Table 8.4.1-1 the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg)
shall be below the specified value in Table 8.4.1.1-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.]

Table 8.4.1.1-1: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH

Test Bandwidth Aggregation Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number level Channel Condition configuration Pm-dsg (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz 8 CCE R.15 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low 1 -1.7

8.4.1.2 Transmit diversity performance

8.4.1.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port

For the parameters specified in Table 8.4.1-1 the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg)
shall be below the specified value in Table 8.4.1.2.1-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex
C.3.2.]

Table 8.4.1.2.1-1: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH

Test Bandwidth Aggregation Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number level Channel Condition configuration Pm-dsg (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz 2 CCE R.16 FDD EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 4.3

3GPP
 Release 9 70 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

8.4.1.2.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port

For the parameters specified in Table 8.4.1-1 the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg)
shall be below the specified value in Table 8.4.1.2.2-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex
C.3.2.]

Table 8.4.1.2.2-1: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH

Test Bandwidth Aggregation Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number level Channel Condition configuration Pm-dsg (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.17 FDD EVA5 4 x 2 Medium 1 0.9

8.4.2 TDD
Table 8.4.2-1: Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH

Single antenna Transmit

Parameter Unit
port diversity
Uplink downlink configuration 0
0
(Note 1)
Special subframe configuration 4
4
(Note 2)
Number of PDCCH symbols symbols 2 2
Number of PHICH groups (Ng) 1 1
PHICH duration Normal Normal
Cell ID 0 0
PCFICH_RA
PDCCH_RA dB 0 -3
Downlink power PHICH_RA
allocation PDFICH_RB
PDCCH_RB dB 0 -3
PDCCH_RB
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98
Cyclic prefix Normal Normal
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing
Note 1: as specified in Table 4.2-2 in [TS 36.211]
Note 2: as specified in Table 4.2-1 in [TS 36.211]

8.4.2.1 Single-antenna port performance

For the parameters specified in Table 8.4.2-1 the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg)
shall be below the specified value in Table 8.4.2.1-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.]

Table 8.4.2.1-1: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH

Test Bandwidth Aggregation Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number level Channel Condition configuration
and Pm-dsg (%) SNR (dB)
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz 8 CCE R.15 TDD ETU70 1x2 Low 1 -1.6

3GPP
 Release 9 71 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

8.4.2.2 Transmit diversity performance

8.4.2.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port

For the parameters specified in Table 8.4.2-1 the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg)
shall be below the specified value in Table 8.4.2.2.1-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex
C.3.2.]

Table 8.4.2.2.1-1: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH

Test Bandwidth Aggregation Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number level Channel Condition configuration
and Pm-dsg (%) SNR (dB)
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz 2 CCE R.16 TDD EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 4.2

8.4.2.2.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port

For the parameters specified in Table 8.4.2-1 the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg)
shall be below the specified value in Table 8.4.2.2.2-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex
C.3.2.]

Table 8.4.2.2.2-1: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH

Test Bandwidth Aggregation Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number level Channel Condition configuration
and Pm-dsg (%) SNR (dB)
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.17 TDD EVA5 4 x 2 Medium 1 1.2

8.5 Demodulation of PHICH

The receiver characteristics of the PHICH are determined by the probability of miss-detecting an ACK for a NACK
(Pm-an). It is assumed that there is no bias applied to the detection of ACK and NACK (zero-threshold delection).

3GPP
Release 9 72 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

8.5.1 FDD
Table 8.5.1-1: Test Parameters for PHICH

Single antenna Transmit

Parameter Unit
port diversity
PHICH_RA dB
PHICH_RB dB 0 -3
Downlink power PCFICH_RA dB
allocation PCFICH_RB dB
PDCCH_RA dB 0 -3
PDCCH_RB dB
PHICH duration Normal Normal
Number of PHICH groups (Note 1) Ng = 1 Ng = 1
Cell ID 0 0
All PDCCH resources shall be
PDCCH content
occupied by non-zero data
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98
Cyclic prefix Normal Normal

Note 1: according to Clause 6.9 in [TS 36.211]

8.5.1.1 Single-antenna port performance

For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.1-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an) shall
be below the specified value in Table 8.5.1.1-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.]

Table 8.5.1.1-1: Minimum performance PHICH

Test Bandwidth Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number Channel Condition configuration Pm-an (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.18 ETU70 1 x 2 Low 0.1 5.5
2 10 MHz R.24 ETU70 1 x 2 Low 0.1 0.6

8.5.1.2 Transmit diversity performance

8.5.1.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port

For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.1-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an) shall
be below the specified value in Table 8.5.1.2-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.]

Table 8.5.1.2.1-1: Minimum performance PHICH

Test Bandwidth Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number Channel Condition configuration Pm-an (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.19 EPA5 2 x 2 Low 0.1 5.6

8.5.1.2.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port

For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.1-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an) shall
be below the specified value in Table 8.5.1.2.2-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.]

3GPP
Release 9 73 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 8.5.1.2.2-1: Minimum performance PHICH

Test Bandwidth Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number Channel Condition configuration Pm-an (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.20 EVA5 4 x 2 Medium 0.1 6.0

8.5.2 TDD
Table 8.5.2-1: Test Parameters for PHICH

Single antenna Transmit

Parameter Unit
port diversity
Uplink downlink configuration (Note 1
1
1)
Special subframe configuration 4
4
(Note 2)
PHICH_RA dB
PHICH_RB dB 0 -3
Downlink power PCFICH_RA dB
allocation PCFICH_RB dB
PDCCH_RA dB 0 -3
PDCCH_RB dB
PHICH duration Normal Normal
Number of PHICH groups (Note 3) Ng = 1 Ng = 1
Cell ID 0 0
All PDCCH resources shall be
PDCCH content
occupied by non-zero data
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98
Cyclic prefix Normal Normal
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing
Note 1: as specified in Table 4.2-2 in [TS 36.211]
Note 2: as specified in Table 4.2-1 in [TS 36.211]
Note 3: according to Clause 6.9 in [TS 36.211]

8.5.2.1 Single-antenna port performance

For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.2-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an) shall
be below the specified value in Table 8.5.2.1-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.]

Table 8.5.2.1-1: Minimum performance PHICH

Test Bandwidth Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number Channel Condition configuration Pm-an (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.18 ETU70 1 x 2 Low 0.1 5.8
2 10 MHz R.24 ETU70 1 x 2 Low 0.1 1.3

8.5.2.2 Transmit diversity performance

8.5.2.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port

For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.2-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an) shall
be below the specified value in Table 8.5.2.2.1-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.]

3GPP
Release 9 74 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 8.5.2.2.1-1: Minimum performance PHICH

Test Bandwidth Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number Channel Condition configuration Pm-an (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.19 EPA5 2 x 2 Low 0.1 5.3

8.5.2.2.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port

For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.2-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an) shall
be below the specified value in Table 8.5.2.2.2-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.]

Table 8.5.2.2.2-1: Minimum performance PHICH

Test Bandwidth Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number Channel Condition configuration Pm-an (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.20 EVA5 4 x 2 Medium 0.1 6.1

8.6 Demodulation of PBCH

The receiver characteristics of the PBCH are determined by the probability of miss-detection of the PBCH (Pm-bch).

8.6.1 FDD
Table 8.6.1-1: Test Parameters for PBCH

Single antenna Transmit

Parameter Unit
port diversity

Downlink power PBCH_RA dB 0 -3

allocation PBCH_RB dB 0 -3
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98
Cyclic prefix Normal Normal
Cell ID 0 0
Note 1: as specified in Table 4.2-2 in [TS 36.211]
Note 2: as specified in Table 4.2-1 in [TS 36.211]

8.6.1.1 Single-antenna port performance

For the parameters specified in Table 8.6.1-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be
below the specified value in Table 8.6.1.1-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.]

Table 8.6.1.1-1: Minimum performance PBCH

Test Bandwidth Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number Channel Condition configuration Pm-bch (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.21 ETU70 1 x 2 Low 1 -6.1

3GPP
Release 9 75 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

8.6.1.2 Transmit diversity performance

8.6.1.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port

For the parameters specified in Table 8.6.1-1 the average probability of a miss-detected PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be below
the specified value in Table 8.6.1.2.1-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.]

Table 8.6.1.2.1-1: Minimum performance PBCH

Test Bandwidth Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number Channel Condition configuration Pm-bch (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.22 EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 -4.8

8.6.1.2.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port

For the parameters specified in Table 8.6.1-1 the average probability of a miss-detected PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be below
the specified value in Table 8.6.1.2.2-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.]

Table 8.6.1.2.2-1: Minimum performance PBCH

Test Bandwidth Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number Channel Condition configuration Pm-bch (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.23 EVA5 4 x 2 Medium 1 -3.5

8.6.2 TDD
Table 8.6.2-1: Test Parameters for PBCH

Single antenna Transmit

Parameter Unit
port diversity
Uplink downlink configuration 1
1
(Note 1)
Special subframe configuration 4
4
(Note 2)

Downlink power PBCH_RA dB 0 -3

allocation PBCH_RB dB 0 -3
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98
Cyclic prefix Normal Normal
Cell ID 0 0
Note 1: as specified in Table 4.2-2 in [TS 36.211]
Note 2: as specified in Table 4.2-1 in [TS 36.211]

8.6.2.1 Single-antenna port performance

For the parameters specified in Table 8.6.2-1 the average probability of a miss-detected PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be below
the specified value in Table 8.6.2.1-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.]

3GPP
Release 9 76 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 8.6.2.1-1: Minimum performance PBCH

Test Bandwidth Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number Channel Condition configuration Pm-bch (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.21 ETU70 1 x 2 Low 1 -6.4

8.6.2.2 Transmit diversity performance

8.6.2.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port

For the parameters specified in Table 8.6.2-1 the average probability of a miss-detected PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be below
the specified value in Table 8.6.2.2.1-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.]

Table 8.6.2.2.1-1: Minimum performance PBCH

Test Bandwidth Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number Channel Condition configuration Pm-bch (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.22 EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 -4.8

8.6.2.2.2 Minimum Requirement 4 Tx Antenna Port

For the parameters specified in Table 8.6.2-1 the average probability of a miss-detected PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be below
the specified value in Table 8.6.2.2.2-1 [The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.]

Table 8.6.2.2.2-1: Minimum performance PBCH

Test Bandwidth Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number Channel Condition configuration Pm-bch (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.23 EVA5 4 x 2 Medium 1 -4.1

9 Reporting of Channel State Information

9.1 General
This section includes requirements for the reporting of channel state information (CSI). For all test cases in this section,
the definition of SNR is in accordance with the one given in clause 8.1.1.

9.2 CQI reporting definition under AWGN conditions

The reporting accuracy of the channel quality indicator (CQI) under frequency non-selective conditions is determined
by the reporting variance and the BLER performance using the transport format indicated by the reported CQI median.
The purpose is to verify that the reported CQI values are in accordance with the CQI definition given in [TS 36.211]. To
account for sensitivity of the input SNR the reporting definition is considered to be verified if the reporting accuracy is
met for at least one of two SNR levels separated by an offset of 1 dB.

3GPP
Release 9 77 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

9.2.1 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-0

9.2.1.1 FDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.2.1.1-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1
and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value according to Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more
than 90% of the time. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by median CQI is less than or equal to
0.1, the BLER using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH
BLER using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER using transport format
indicated by (median CQI – 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1.

Table 9.2.1.1-1: PUCCH 1-0 static test (FDD)

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Bandwidth MHz 10
PDSCH transmission mode 1
Downlink power dB 0
allocation dB 0
Propagation condition and
AWGN (1 x 2)
antenna configuration
SNR (Note 2) dB 0 1 6 7
dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -97 -92 -91

dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
PUCCH Format [Format 2]
PUCCH Report Type 4
Reporting periodicity ms NP = 5
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 5
Note 1: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-1.
Note 2: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s)
and the respective wanted signal input level.

9.2.1.2 TDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.2.1.2-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1
and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value according to Table A.4-2 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more
than 90% of the time. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by median CQI is less than or equal to
0.1, the BLER using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH
BLER using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER using transport format
indicated by (median CQI – 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1.

Table 9.2.1.2-1: PUCCH 1-0 static test (TDD)

3GPP
Release 9 78 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Bandwidth MHz 10
PDSCH transmission mode 1
Uplink downlink configuration 2
Special subframe
4
configuration
Downlink power dB 0
allocation dB 0
Propagation condition and
AWGN (1 x 2)
antenna configuration
SNR (Note 2) dB 0 1 6 7
dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -97 -92 -91

dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
PUCCH Format [Format 2]
PUCCH Report Type 4
Reporting periodicity ms NP = 5 ms
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 3
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing
Note 1: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-2.
Note 2: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s)
and the respective wanted signal input level.

9.2.2 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1

The minimum requirements for dual codeword transmission are defined in terms of a reporting spread of the wideband
CQI value for codeword #1, and their BLER performance using the transport format indicated by the reported CQI
median of codeword #0 and codeword #1. The precoding used at the transmitter is a fixed precoding matrix specified by
the bitmap parameter codebookSubsetRestriction. The propagation condition assumed for the minimum performance
requirement is defined in subclause B.1.

9.2.2.1 FDD
For the parameters specified in table 9.2.2.1-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and
C.3.2-2, the reported offset level of the wideband spatial differential CQI for codeword #1 (Table 7.2.2 in [TS 36.213])
shall be used to determine the wideband CQI index for codeword #1 as

wideband CQI1 = wideband CQI0 – Codeword 1 offset level

The wideband CQI1 shall be within the set {median CQI1 -1, median CQI1 +1} for more than 90% of the time, where
the resulting wideband values CQI1 shall be used to determine the median CQI values for codeword #1. For both
codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI0 – 1 and
median CQI1 – 1 shall be less than or equal to 0.1. Furthermore, for both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using
the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI0 + 1 and median CQI1 + 1 shall be greater than or equal to
0.1.

3GPP
Release 9 79 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 9.2.2.1-1: PUCCH 1-1 static test (FDD)

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Bandwidth MHz 10
PDSCH transmission mode 4
Downlink power dB -3
allocation dB -3
Propagation condition and
Clause B.1 (2 x 2)
antenna configuration
CodeBookSubsetRestriction
010000
bitmap
SNR (Note 2) dB 10 11 16 17
dB[mW/15kHz] -88 -87 -82 -81

dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
PUCCH Format [Format 2]
PUCCH Report Type 2
Reporting periodicity ms NP = 5
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 5
RI report OFF
Note 1: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-1
Note 2: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s)
and the respective wanted signal input level.

9.2.2.2 TDD
For the parameters specified in table 9.2.2.2-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and
C.3.2-2, the reported offset level of the wideband spatial differential CQI for codeword #1 (Table 7.2.2 in [TS 36.213])
shall be used to determine the wideband CQI index for codeword #1 as

wideband CQI1 = wideband CQI0 – Codeword 1 offset level

The wideband CQI1 shall be within the set {median CQI1 -1, median CQI1 +1} for more than 90% of the time, where
the resulting wideband values CQI1 shall be used to determine the median CQI values for codeword #1. For both
codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI0 – 1 and
median CQI1 – 1 shall be less than or equal to 0.1. Furthermore, for both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using
the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI0 + 1 and median CQI1 + 1 shall be greater than or equal to
0.1.

Table 9.2.2.2-1: PUCCH 1-1 static test (TDD)

3GPP
Release 9 80 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Bandwidth MHz 10
PDSCH transmission mode 4
Uplink downlink configuration 2
Special subframe
4
configuration
Downlink power dB -3
allocation dB -3
Propagation condition and
Clause B.1 (2 x 2)
antenna configuration
CodeBookSubsetRestriction
010000
bitmap
SNR (Note 2) dB 10 11 16 17
dB[mW/15kHz] -88 -87 -82 -81

dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
PUCCH Format [Format 2]
PUCCH Report Type 2
Reporting periodicity ms NP = 5
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 3
RI report OFF
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing
Note 1: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-2
Note 2: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s)
and the respective wanted signal input level.

9.3 CQI reporting under fading conditions

9.3.1 Frequency-selective scheduling mode
The accuracy of sub-band channel quality indicator (CQI) reporting under frequency selective fading conditions is
determined by a double-sided percentile of the reported differential CQI offset level 0 per sub-band, and the relative
increase of the throughput obtained when transmitting on any one of the sub-bands with the highest reported differential
CQI offset level the corresponding transport format compared to the case for which a fixed format is transmitted on any
sub-band in set S [36.213]. The purpose is to verify that preferred sub-bands can be used for frequently-selective
scheduling. To account for sensitivity of the input SNR the sub-band CQI reporting under frequency selective fading
conditions is considered to be verified if the reporting accuracy is met for at least one of two SNR levels separated by
an offset of 1 dB.

9.3.1.1 Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-0

9.3.1.1.1 FDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.3.1.1.1-1, [and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C,] the
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.3.1.1.1-2 and by the following

a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of 0 shall be reported at least  % of the time but less than % for
each sub-band;
b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on any one of the sub-bands with the highest differential
CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported
wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be ≥ ;
c) when transmitting on any one of the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding
TBS, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to TBD.

3GPP
Release 9 81 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

The requirements only apply for sub-bands of full size and the random scheduling across the sub-bands is done by
selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. The transport
block size TBS(wideband CQI median) is that resulting from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the
wideband CQI median and the entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 [TS 36.213] that corresponds to the sub-band size.

Table 9.3.1.1.1-1 Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (FDD)

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz
Transmission mode 1 (port 0)
SNR (Note 3) dB 9 10 14 15
dB[mW/15kHz] -89 -88 -84 -83

dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

[Clause B.2.4 with
Propagation channel
s, a = 1, Hz]
Correlation [Full]
Reporting interval ms [5]
CQI delay ms 8
Reporting mode PUSCH 3-0
Max number of HARQ
[1]
transmissions
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at
subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe
not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI
cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-4
Note 3: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at
least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input
level.

Table 9.3.1.1.1-2 Minimum requirement (FDD)

Test 1 Test 2
 [%] TBD TBD
 [%] TBD TBD
 TBD TBD

9.3.1.1.2 TDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.3.1.1.2-1, [and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C,] the
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.3.1.1.2-2 and by the following

a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of 0 shall be reported at least  % of the time but less than % for
each sub-band;
b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on any one of the sub-bands with the highest differential
CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported
wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be ≥ ;
c) when transmitting on any one of the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding
TBS, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to TBD.

The requirements only apply for sub-bands of full size and the random scheduling across the sub-bands is done by
selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. The transport

3GPP
Release 9 82 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

block size TBS (wideband CQI median) is that resulting from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the
wideband CQI median and the entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 [TS 36.213] that corresponds to the sub-band size.

Table 9.3.1.1.2-1 Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (TDD)

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz
Transmission mode 1 (port 0)
Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
SNR (Note 3) dB 9 10 14 15
dB[mW/15kHz] -89 -88 -84 -83

dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

[Clause B.2.4 with
Propagation channel
s, a = 1, Hz]
Correlation [Full]
Reporting interval ms [5]
CQI delay ms 8
Reporting mode PUSCH 3-0
Max number of HARQ
[1]
transmissions
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at
subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe
not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI
cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-5
Note 3: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at
least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input
level.

Table 9.3.1.1.2-2 Minimum requirement (TDD)

Test 1 Test 2
 [%] TBD TBD
 [%] TBD TBD
 TBD TBD

9.3.2 Frequency non-selective scheduling mode

The reporting accuracy of the channel quality indicator (CQI) under frequency non-selective fading conditions is
determined by a double-sided percentile of the reported CQI, and the relative increase of the throughput obtained when
the transport format transmitted is that indicated by the reported CQI compared to the case for which a fixed transport
format configured according to the reported median CQI is transmitted. In addition, the reporting accuracy is
determined by a minimum BLER using the transport formats indicated by the reported CQI. The purpose is to verify
that the UE is tracking the channel variations and selecting the largest transport format possible according to the
prevailing channel state for frequently non-selective scheduling. To account for sensitivity of the input SNR the CQI
reporting under frequency non-selective fading conditions is considered to be verified if the reporting accuracy is met
for at least one of two SNR levels separated by an offset of 1 dB.

3GPP
Release 9 83 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

9.3.2.1 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-0

9.3.2.1.1 FDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.3.2.1.1-1, [and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C,] the
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.3.2.1.1-2 and by the following

a) a CQI index not in the set {median CQI -1, median CQI +1} shall be reported at least  % of the time;
b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported
wideband CQI index and that obtained when transmitting a fixed transport format configured according to the
wideband CQI median shall be ≥ ;
c) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index, the average BLER for
the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to [0.02]

The transport block size TBS(wideband CQI median) is that resulting from the code rate which is closest to that
indicated by the wideband CQI median and the entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 [36.213] that corresponds to the
maximum transmission configuration (Table 5.6-1).

Table 9.3.2.1.1-1 Fading test for single antenna (FDD)

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz
Transmission mode 1 (port 0)
SNR (Note 3) dB 6 7 12 13
dB[mW/15kHz] -92 -91 -86 -85

dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Propagation channel EPA5
Correlation High
Reporting mode PUCCH 1-0
Reporting periodicity ms [NP = 2]
CQI delay ms 8
PUCCH Format [Format 2]
PUCCH Report Type 4
cqi-pmi-
[1]
ConfigurationIndex
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at
subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later
than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the
eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-1
Note 3: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at
least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input
level.

Table 9.3.2.1.1-2 Minimum requirement (FDD)

Test 1 Test 2
 [%] [20] [20]
 [1.05] [1.05]

3GPP
Release 9 84 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

9.3.2.1.2 TDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.3.2.1.2-1, [and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C,] the
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.3.2.1.2-2 and by the following

a) a CQI index not in the set {median CQI -1, median CQI +1} shall be reported at least  % of the time;
b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported
wideband CQI index and that obtained when transmitting a fixed transport format configured according to the
wideband CQI median shall be ≥ ;
c) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index, the average BLER for
the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to TBD

The transport block size TBS(wideband CQI median) is that resulting from the code rate which is closest to that
indicated by the wideband CQI median and the entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 [36.213] that corresponds to the
maximum transmission configuration (Table 5.6-1).

Table 9.3.2.1.2-1 Fading test for single antenna (TDD)

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz
Transmission mode 1 (port 0)
Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
SNR (Note 3) dB 6 7 12 13
dB[mW/15kHz] -92 -91 -86 -85

dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Propagation channel EPA5
Correlation High
Reporting mode PUCCH 1-0
Reporting periodicity ms [NP = 1]
CQI delay ms 8
PUCCH Format [Format 2]
PUCCH Report Type 4
cqi-pmi-
[0]
ConfigurationIndex
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at
subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later
than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the
eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-2
Note 3: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at
least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input
level.

Table 9.3.2.1.2-2 Minimum requirement (TDD)

Test 1 Test 2
 [%] [20] [20]
 TBD TBD

3GPP
Release 9 85 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

9.3.3 Frequency-selective interference

The accuracy of sub-band channel quality indicator (CQI) reporting under frequency selective interference conditions is
determined by a double-sided percentile of the reported differential CQI offset level +2 for a preferred sub-band, and
the relative increase of the throughput obtained when transmitting on any one of the sub-bands with the highest reported
differential CQI offset level the corresponding transport format compared to the case for which a fixed format is
transmitted on any sub-band in set S [36.213]. The purpose is to verify that preferred sub-bands are used for frequently-
selective scheduling under frequency-selective interference conditions.

9.3.3.1 Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-0

9.3.3.1.1 FDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.3.3.1.1-1, [and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C,] the
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.3.3.1.1-2 and by the following

a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of +2 shall be reported at least  % for at least one of the sub-bands of
full size at the channel edges;

b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on any one of the sub-bands with the highest differential
CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported
wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be ≥ ;

The requirements only apply for sub-bands of full size and the random scheduling across the sub-bands is done by
selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD.
Sub-bands of a size smaller than full size are excluded from the test. The transport block size
TBS(wideband CQI median) is that resulting from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the
wideband CQI median and the entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 [TS 36.213] that corresponds to the sub-
band size.

Table 9.3.3.1.1-1 Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (FDD)

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz
Transmission mode 1 (port 0) 1 (port 0)
for RB 0…[5] dB[mW/15kHz] [-102] [-93]

for RB 6…[41] dB[mW/15kHz] [-93] [-93]

for RB [42]…49 dB[mW/15kHz] [-93] [-102]

dB[mW/15kHz] [-94] [-94]

[Clause B.2.4 with
Propagation channel
s, a = 1, Hz]
Correlation [Full]
Reporting interval ms [5]
Minimum CQI delay ms 8
Reporting mode PUSCH 3-0
Sub-band size RB 6 (full size)
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at
subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe
not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI
cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-4

3GPP
Release 9 86 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 9.3.3.1.1-2 Minimum requirement (FDD)

Test 1 Test 2
 [%] TBD TBD
 TBD TBD

9.3.3.1.2 TDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.3.3.1.2-1, [and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C,] the
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.3.3.1.2-2 and by the following

a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of +2 shall be reported at least  % for at least one of the sub-bands of
full size at the channel edges;

b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on any one of the sub-bands with the highest differential
CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported
wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be ≥ ;

The requirements only apply for sub-bands of full size and the random scheduling across the sub-bands is done by
selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD.
Sub-bands of a size smaller than full size are excluded from the test. The transport block size TBS
(wideband CQI median) is that resulting from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the
wideband CQI median and the entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 [TS 36.213] that corresponds to the sub-
band size.

Table 9.3.3.1.2-1 Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (TDD)

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz
Transmission mode 1 (port 0) 1 (port 0)
Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
for RB 0…[5] dB[mW/15kHz] [-102] [-93]

for RB 6…[41] dB[mW/15kHz] [-93] [-93]

for RB [42]…49 dB[mW/15kHz] [-93] [-102]

dB[mW/15kHz] [-94] [-94]

[Clause B.2.4 with
Propagation channel
s, a = 1, Hz]
Correlation [Full]
Reporting interval ms [5]
Minimum CQI delay ms 8
Reporting mode PUSCH 3-0
Sub-band size RB 6 (full size)
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at
subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe
not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI
cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 2: Reference measurement channel according to table A.4-5

Table 9.3.3.1.2-2 Minimum requirement (TDD)

Test 1 Test 2
 [%] TBD TBD
 TBD TBD

3GPP
Release 9 87 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

9.4 Reporting of Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI)

The minimum performance requirements of PMI reporting are defined based on the precoding gain, expressed as the
relative increase in throughput when the transmitter is configured according to the UE reports compared to the case
when the transmitter is using random precoding, respectively. Transmission mode 6 is used with a fixed transport
format (FRC) configured. The requirements are specified in terms of the ratio

where is 60% of the maximum throughput obtained at using random precoding, and the throughput
measured at with precoders configured according to the UE reports.

9.4.1 Single PMI

9.4.1.1 Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-1

9.4.1.1.1 FDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.4.1.1.1-1, [and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C,] the
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.4.1.1.1-2.

3GPP
Release 9 88 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 9.4.1.1.1-1 PMI test for single-layer (FDD)

Parameter Unit Test 1

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
Propagation channel EVA5
Precoding granularity PRB 50
Correlation and
Low 2 x 2
antenna configuration
dB[mW/15kHz] -98
Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1
Reporting interval ms [1]
PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8
Measurement channel [R.2 FDD]
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
[{0,1,2,3}]
coding sequence
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder
shall be updated in each TTI (1 ms granularity)
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting
instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI
estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-
4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the
eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Table 9.4.1.1.1-2 Minimum requirement (FDD)

Parameter Test 1
 1.1

9.4.1.1.2 TDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.4.1.1.2-1, [and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C,] the
minimum requirements are specified in 9.4.1.1.2-2.

3GPP
Release 9 89 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 9.4.1.1.2-1 PMI test for single-layer (TDD)

Parameter Unit Test 1

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
Uplink downlink
1
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
Propagation channel EVA5
Precoding granularity PRB 50
Correlation and
Low 2 x 2
antenna configuration
dB[mW/15kHz] -98
Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1
Reporting interval ms [1]
Minimum PMI delay
ms 8
(Note 2)
Measurement channel [R.2 TDD]
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
[{0,1,2,3}]
coding sequence
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder
shall be updated in each available downlink
transmission instance
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting
instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI
estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-
4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the
eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)

Table 9.4.1.1.2-2 Minimum requirement (TDD)

Parameter Test 1
 1.1

9.4.2 Multiple PMI

9.4.2.1 Minimum requirement PUSCH 1-2

9.4.2.1.1 FDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.4.2.1.1-1, [and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C,] the
minimum requirements are specified in 9.4.2.1.1-2.

3GPP
Release 9 90 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 9.4.2.1.1-1 PMI test for single-layer (FDD)

Parameter Unit Test 1

Bandwidth MHz 20
Transmission mode 6
Propagation channel EPA5
Precoding granularity PRB 8
Correlation and
Low 2 x 2
antenna configuration
dB[mW/15kHz] -98
Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2
Reporting interval ms [1]
PMI delay ms 8
Measurement channel [R.30 FDD]
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
[{0,1,2,3}]
coding sequence
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoders
shall be updated in each TTI (1 ms granularity)
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting
instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI
estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-
4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the
eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)

Table 9.4.2.1.1-2 Minimum requirement (FDD)

Parameter Test 1
 1.2

9.4.2.1.2 TDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.4.2.1.2-1, [and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C,] the
minimum requirements are specified in 9.4.2.1.2-2.

3GPP
Release 9 91 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table 9.4.2.1.2-1 PMI test for single-layer (TDD)

Parameter Unit Test 1

Bandwidth MHz 20
Transmission mode 6
Uplink downlink
1
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
Propagation channel EPA5
Precoding granularity PRB 8
Correlation and
Low 2 x 2
antenna configuration
dB[mW/15kHz] -98
Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2
Reporting interval ms [1]
Minimum PMI delay ms 8
Measurement channel [R.30 TDD]
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
[{0,1,2,3}]
coding sequence
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoders
shall be updated in each available downlink
transmission instance
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting
instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI
estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-
4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the
eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)

Table 9.4.2.1.2-2 Minimum requirement (TDD)

Parameter Test 1
 1.2

9.5 Reporting of Rank Indicator (RI)

The purpose of this test is to verify that the reported rank indicator accurately represents the channel rank. The accuracy
of RI (CQI) reporting is determined by the relative increase of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on the
reported rank compared to the case for which a fixed rank is used for transmission. Transmission mode [4] is used with
the specified CodebookSubSetRestriction.

For fixed rank 1 transmission, the RI and PMI reporting is restricted to two single-layer precoders, For fixed rank 2
transmission, the RI and PMI reporting is restricted to one two-layer precoder, For follow RI transmission, the RI and
PMI reporting is restricted to select the union of these precoders. Channels with low and high correlation are used to
ensure that RI reporting reflects the channel condition.

9.5.1 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1

9.5.1.1 FDD
The minimum performance requirement in Table 9.5.1.1-2 is defined as

3GPP
Release 9 92 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

a) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when
transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be ≥ ;

b) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when
transmitting with fixed rank 2 shall be ≥ ;

TBS selection is based on the UE wideband CQI feedback. The transport block size TBS is that resulting from the code
rate which is closest to that indicated by M = wideband CQI and the entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 [36.213] that
corresponds to the transmission bandwidth configuration (Table 5.6-1).

For the parameters specified in Table 9.5.1.1-1, [and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C,] the
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.5.1.1-2.

Table 9.5.1.1-1 RI Test (FDD)

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Bandwidth MHz [10]
PDSCH transmission mode 4
Downlink power dB -3
allocation dB -3
Propagation condition and
[2 x 2 EPA5]
antenna configuration
000011 for fixed RI = 1
CodeBookSubsetRestriction
010000 for fixed RI = 2
bitmap
010011 for UE reported RI
Antenna correlation Low Low High
Fixed RI=2 and Fixed RI=1 Fixed RI=2
RI configuration
follow RI and follow RI and follow RI
SNR dB [0] [20] [20]
dB[mW/15kHz] [-98] [-98] [-98]

dB[mW/15kHz] [-98] [-78] [-78]

HARQ [4]
PUCCH Format [Format 2]
PUCCH Report Type 3
Reporting periodicity ms [NP = 5]
PMI and CQI delay ms 8
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 5
ri-ConfigurationInd [TBD]
Note 1: In the case of rank 2 transmissoin, if one of the codewords terminates before another codeword,
the base station shall not schedule new data for that codeword if the latest RI report is 1.
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI and
CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI and wideband
CQI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).
Note 3: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-1.

Table 9.5.1.1-2 Minimum requirement (FDD)

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

1 N/A [TBD] N/A
2 [TBD] N/A [TBD]

9.5.1.2 TDD
The minimum performance requirement in Table 9.5.1.2-2 is defined as

a) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when
transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be ≥ ;

3GPP
Release 9 93 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

b) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when
transmitting with fixed rank 2 shall be ≥ ;

TBS selection is based on the UE wideband CQI feedback. The transport block size TBS is that resulting from the code
rate which is closest to that indicated by M = wideband CQI and the entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 [36.213] that
corresponds to the transmission bandwidth configuration (Table 5.6-1).

For the parameters specified in Table 9.5.1.2-1, [and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C,] the
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.5.1.2-2.

Table 9.5.1.2-1 RI Test (TDD)

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Bandwidth MHz 10
PDSCH transmission mode 4
Downlink power dB -3
allocation dB -3
Uplink downlink configuration 2
Special subframe
4
configuration
Propagation condition and
[2 x 2 EPA5]
antenna configuration
000011 for fixed RI = 1
CodeBookSubsetRestriction
010000 for fixed RI = 2
bitmap
010011 for UE reported RI
Antenna correlation Low Low High
Fixed RI=2 and Fixed RI=1 Fixed RI=2
RI configuration
follow RI and follow RI and follow RI
SNR dB [0] [20] [20]
dB[mW/15kHz] [-98] [-98] [-98]

dB[mW/15kHz] [-98] [-78] [-78]

Maximum number of HARQ
[4]
transmissions
PUCCH Format [Format 2]
PUCCH Report Type 3
Reporting periodicity ms [NP = 5]
Minimum PMI and CQI delay ms 8
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 3
ri-ConfigurationInd [TBD]
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing
Note 1: In the case of rank 2 transmissoin, if one of the codewords terminates before another codeword,
the base station shall not schedule new data for that codeword if the latest RI report is 1.
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI and
CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI and wideband
CQI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).
Note 3: Reference measurement channel according to Table A.4-2.

Table 9.5.1.2-2 Minimum requirement (TDD)

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

1 N/A [TBD] N/A
2 [TBD] N/A [TBD]

3GPP
Release 9 94 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

10 Performance requirement (MBMS)

10.1 FDD (Fixed Reference Channel)

The parameters specified in Table 10.1-1 are valid for all FDD tests unless otherwise stated.

Table 10.1-1: Common Test Parameters (FDD)

Parameter Unit Value
Number of HARQ
Processes None
processes
Subcarrier spacing kHz 15 kHz

Allocated subframes per

6 subframes
Radio Frame (Note 1)
Number of OFDM 2 symbols in the case of 3 PHICH
symbols for PDCCH symbols or 4 RS Ports;
(Note 2) 1 or 2 symbols for other scenarios.
Cyclic Prefix Extended
Note1: For FDD mode, up to 6 subframes (#1/2/3/6/7/8) are available for MBMS, in
line with TS 36.331.

Note2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH in this subclause.

10.1.1 Minimum requirement

The receive characteristic of MBMS is determined by the BLER. The requirement is valid for all RRC states for which
the UE has capabilities for MBMS.

For the parameters specified in Table 10.1-1 and Table 10.1.1-1 and Annex A.3.6.1, the average downlink SNR shall be
below the specified value for the BLER shown in Table 10.1.1-2.

Table 10.1.1-1: Test Parameters for Testing

Parameter Unit Test [1.1-1.4]

Downlink power dB 0
allocation dB 0 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
Note 1:

Table 10.1.1-2: Minimum performance

Test Bandwidth Reference Propagatio Correlation Reference value
number Channel n Matrix and
antenna BLER SNR(dB)
condition

1.1 10 MHz R.1 FDD MBSFN 1x2 low 0.01 [TBD]

channel
1.2 10 MHz R.2 FDD mode [TBD]

1.3 10 MHz R.3 FDD [TBD]

1.4 1.4 MHz R.4 FDD [TBD]

3GPP
Release 9 95 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

10.2 TDD (Fixed Reference Channel)

The parameters specified in Table 10.2-1 are valid for all TDD tests unless otherwise stated.

Table 10.1-1: Common Test Parameters (TDD)

Parameter Unit Value
Number of HARQ
Processes None
processes
Subcarrier spacing kHz 15 kHz

Allocated subframes per

5 subframes
Radio Frame (Note 1)
Number of OFDM 2 symbols in the case of 3 PHICH
symbols for PDCCH symbols or 4 RS Ports;
(Note 2) 1 or 2 symbols for other scenarios.
Cyclic Prefix Extended
Note1: For TDD mode, in line with TS 36.331, Uplink-Downlink Configuration 5 is
proposed, up to 5 subframes (#3/4/7/8/9) are available for MBMS.

Note2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH in this subclause.

10.2.1 Minimum requirement

The receive characteristic of MBMS is determined by the BLER. The requirement is valid for all RRC states for which
the UE has capabilities for MBMS.

For the parameters specified in Table 10.2-1 and Table 10.2.1-1 and Annex A.3.6.2, the average downlink SNR shall be
below the specified value for the BLER shown in Table 10.2.1-2.

Table 10.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Testing

Parameter Unit Test [1.1-1.4]

Downlink power dB 0
allocation dB 0 (Note 1)
at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
Note 1:

Table 10.2.1-2: Minimum performance

Test Bandwidth Reference Propagatio Correlation Reference value
number Channel n Matrix and
antenna BLER SNR(dB)
condition

1.1 10 MHz R.1 TDD MBSFN 1x2 low 0.01 [TBD]

channel
1.2 10 MHz R.2 TDD mode [TBD]

1.3 10 MHz R.3 TDD [TBD]

1.4 1.4 MHz R.4 TDD [TBD]

3GPP
Release 9 96 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Annex A (normative):
Measurement channels

A.1 General

A.2 UL reference measurement channels

A.2.1 General
A.2.1.1 Applicability and common parameters
The following sections define the UL signal applicable to the Transmitter Characteristics (clause 6) and for the Receiver
Characteristics (clause 7) where the UL signal is relevant.

The Reference channels in this section assume transmission of PUSCH and Demodulation Reference signal only. The
following conditions apply:

 1 HARQ transmission

 Cyclic Prefix normal

 PUSCH hopping off

 Link adaptation off

 Demodulation Reference signal as per TS 36.211 [4] subclause 5.5.2.1.2.

Where ACK/NACK is transmitted, it is assumed to be multiplexed on PUSCH as per TS 36.212 [5] subclause 5.2.2.6.

 ACK/NACK 1 bit

 ACK/NACK mapping adjacent to Demodulation Reference symbol

 ACK/NACK resources punctured into data

 Max number of resources for ACK/NACK: 4 SC-FDMA symbols per subframe

 No CQI transmitted, no RI transmitted

A.2.1.2 Determination of payload size

The algorithm for determining the payload size A is as follows; given a desired coding rate R and radio block allocation
NRB

1. Calculate the number of channel bits Nch that can be transmitted during the first transmission of a given sub-
frame.

2. Find A such that the resulting coding rate is as close to R as possible, that is,

3GPP
Release 9 97 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

subject to

a) A is a valid TB size according to section 7.1.7 of TS 36.213 [6] assuming an allocation of NRB resource
blocks.

b) Segmentation is not included in this formula, but should be considered in the TBS calculation.

c) For RMC-s, which at the nominal target coding rate do not cover all the possible UE categories for the
given modulation, reduce the target coding rate gradually (within the same modulation), until the
maximal possible number of UE categories is covered.

3. If there is more than one A that minimises the equation above, then the larger value is chosen per default.

A.2.2 Reference measurement channels for FDD

A.2.2.1 Full RB allocation

A.2.2.1.1 QPSK
Table A.2.2.1.1-1 Reference Channels for QPSK with full RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 15 25 50 75 100
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12 12 12 12 12
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/5 1/6
Payload size Bits 600 1544 2216 5160 4392 4584
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1 1 1 1 1
(Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 1728 4320 7200 14400 21600 28800
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 864 2160 3600 7200 10800 14400
UE Category 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached
to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 98 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.2.2.1.2 16-QAM
Table A.2.2.1.2-1 Reference Channels for 16-QAM with full RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 15 25 50 75 100
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12 12 12 12 12
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding rate 3/4 1/2 1/3 3/4 1/2 1/3
Payload size Bits 2600 4264 4968 21384 21384 19848
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1 1 4 4 4
(Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 3456 8640 14400 28800 43200 57600
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 864 2160 3600 7200 10800 14400
UE Category 1-5 1-5 1-5 2-5 2-5 2-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each
Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

A.2.2.1.3 64-QAM
[FFS]

A.2.2.2 Partial RB allocation

For each channel bandwidth, various partial RB allocations are specified. The number of allocated RBs is chosen
according to values specified in the Tx and Rx requirements. The single allocated RB case is included.

The allocated RBs are contiguous and start from one end of the channel bandwidth. A single allocated RB is at one end
of the channel bandwidth.

A.2.2.2.1 QPSK
Table A.2.2.2.1-1 Reference Channels for 1.4MHz QPSK with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 1.4
Allocated resource blocks 1 5
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12
Modulation QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3
Payload size Bits 72 424
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1
(Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 288 1440
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 144 720
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of
L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 99 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.2.2.2.1-2 Reference Channels for 3MHz QPSK with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 3 3
Allocated resource blocks 1 4
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12
Modulation QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3
Payload size Bits 72 392
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1
(Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 288 1152
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 144 576
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of
L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

Table A.2.2.2.1-3 Reference Channels for 5MHz QPSK with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 5 5 5
Allocated resource blocks 1 8 20
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12 12
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3
Payload size Bits 72 808 1736
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1 1
(Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 288 2304 5760
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 144 1152 2880
UE Category 1-5 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L
= 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

Table A.2.2.2.1-4 Reference Channels for 10MHz QPSK with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 10 10 10 10
Allocated resource blocks 1 12 20 25
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12 12 12
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3
Payload size Bits 72 1224 1736 2216
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1 1 1
(Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 288 3456 5760 7200
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 144 1728 2880 3600
UE Category 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is
attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 100 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.2.2.2.1-5 Reference Channels for 15MHz QPSK with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 15 15 15
Allocated resource blocks 1 16 50
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12 12
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3
Payload size Bits 72 1384 5160
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1 1
(Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 288 4608 14400
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 144 2304 7200
UE Category 1-5 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L
= 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

Table A.2.2.2.1-6 Reference Channels for 20MHz QPSK with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value Value Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 20 20 20 20 20
Allocated resource blocks 1 18 25 50 75
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12 12 12 12
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/5
Payload size Bits 72 1864 2216 5160 4392
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1 1 1 1
(Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 288 5184 7200 14400 21600
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 144 2592 3600 7200 10800
UE Category 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to
each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

A.2.2.2.2 16-QAM
Table A.2.2.2.2-1 Reference Channels for 1.4MHz 16-QAM with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 1.4
Allocated resource blocks 1 5
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding rate 3/4 3/4
Payload size Bits 408 2152
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1
(Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 576 2880
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 144 720
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of
L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 101 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.2.2.2.2-2 Reference Channels for 3MHz 16-QAM with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 3 3
Allocated resource blocks 1 4
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding rate 3/4 3/4
Payload size Bits 408 1736
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1
(Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 576 2304
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 144 576
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of
L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

Table A.2.2.2.2-3 Reference Channels for 5MHz 16-QAM with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 5 5
Allocated resource blocks 1 8
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding rate 3/4 3/4
Payload size Bits 408 3496
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1
(Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 576 4608
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 144 1152
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of
L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

Table A.2.2.2.2-4 Reference Channels for 10MHz 16-QAM with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 10 10
Allocated resource blocks 1 12
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding rate 3/4 3/4
Payload size Bits 408 5160
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1
(Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 576 6912
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 144 1728
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of
L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 102 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.2.2.2.2-5 Reference Channels for 15MHz 16-QAM with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 15 15
Allocated resource blocks 1 16
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding rate 3/4 1/2
Payload size Bits 408 4584
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1
(Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 576 9216
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 144 2304
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of
L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

Table A.2.2.2.2-6 Reference Channels for 20MHz 16-QAM with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 20 20
Allocated resource blocks 1 18
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding rate 3/4 1/2
Payload size Bits 408 5160
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame 1 1
(Note 1)
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits 576 10368
Total symbols per Sub-Frame 144 2592
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of
L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

A.2.2.2.3 64-QAM
[FFS]

A.2.3 Reference measurement channels for TDD

For TDD,the measurement channel is based on DL/UL configuration ratio of 2DL:2UL.

3GPP
Release 9 103 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.2.3.1 Full RB allocation

A.2.3.1.1 QPSK
Table A.2.3.1.1-1 Reference Channels for QPSK with full RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 15 25 50 75 100
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) 1 1 1 1 1 1
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12 12 12 12 12
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/5 1/6
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 600 1544 2216 5160 4392 4584
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 1 1 1 1 1 1
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 1728 4320 7200 14400 21600 28800
Total symbols per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 864 2160 3600 7200 10800 14400
UE Category 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached
to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Note 2: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

A.2.3.1.2 16-QAM
Table A.2.3.1.2-1 Reference Channels for 16-QAM with full RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 15 25 50 75 100
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) 1 1 1 1 1 1
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12 12 12 12 12
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding rate 3/4 1/2 1/3 3/4 1/2 1/3
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 1736 4264 4968 21384 21384 19848
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 1 1 1 4 4 4
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 3456 8640 14400 28800 43200 57600
Total symbols per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 864 2160 3600 7200 10800 14400
UE Category 1-5 1-5 1-5 2-5 2-5 2-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each
Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Note 2: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

A.2.3.1.3 64-QAM
[FFS]

3GPP
Release 9 104 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.2.3.2 Partial RB allocation

For each channel bandwidth, various partial RB allocations are specified. The number of allocated RBs is chosen
according to values specified in the Tx and Rx requirements. The single allocated RB case is included.

The allocated RBs are contiguous and start from one end of the channel bandwidth. A single allocated RB is at one end
of the channel bandwidth.

A.2.3.2.1 QPSK
Table A.2.3.2.1-1 Reference Channels for 1.4MHz QPSK with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 1.4
Allocated resource blocks 1 5
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) 1 1
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12
Modulation QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 72 424
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 1 1
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 288 1440
Total symbols per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 720
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of
L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Note 2: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

Table A.2.3.2.1-2 Reference Channels for 3MHz QPSK with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 3 3
Allocated resource blocks 1 4
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) 1 1
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12
Modulation QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 72 392
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 1 1
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 288 1152
Total symbols per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 576
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of
L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Note 2: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

3GPP
Release 9 105 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.2.3.2.1-3 Reference Channels for 5MHz QPSK with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 5 5 5
Allocated resource blocks 1 8 20
Uplink-Downlink Configuration 1 1 1
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12 12
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 72 808 1736
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 1 1 1
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame Bits
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 288 2304 5760
Total symbols per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 1152 2880
UE Category 1-5 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24
Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Note 2: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

Table A.2.3.2.1-4 Reference Channels for 10MHz QPSK with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 10 10 10 10
Allocated resource blocks 1 12 20 25
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) 1 1 1 1
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12 12 12
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 72 1224 1736 2216
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 1 1 1 1
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 288 3456 5760 7200
Total symbols per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 1728 2880 3600
UE Category 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is
attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Note 2: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

3GPP
Release 9 106 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.2.3.2.1-5 Reference Channels for 15MHz QPSK with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 15 15 15
Allocated resource blocks 1 16 50
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) 1 1 1
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12 12
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 72 1384 5160
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 1 1 1
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 288 4608 14400
Total symbols per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 2304 7200
UE Category 1-5 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24
Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Note 2: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

Table A.2.3.2.1-6 Reference Channels for 20MHz QPSK with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value Value Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 20 20 20 20 20
Allocated resource blocks 1 18 25 50 75
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) 1 1 1 1 1
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12 12 12 12
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK
Target Coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/5
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 72 1864 2216 5160 4392
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 1 1 1 1 1
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 288 5184 7200 14400 21600
Total symbols per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 2592 3600 7200 10800
UE Category 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each
Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Note 2: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

3GPP
Release 9 107 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.2.3.2.2 16-QAM
Table A.2.3.2.2-1 Reference Channels for 1.4MHz 16-QAM with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 1.4
Allocated resource blocks 1 5
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) 1 1
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding rate 3/4 3/4
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 408 2152
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 1 1
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 576 2880
Total symbols per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 720
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of
L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Note 2: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

Table A.2.3.2.2-2 Reference Channels for 3MHz 16-QAM with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 3 3
Allocated resource blocks 1 4
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) 1 1
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding rate 3/4 3/4
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 408 1736
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 1 1
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 576 2304
Total symbols per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 576
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of
L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Note 2: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

3GPP
Release 9 108 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.2.3.2.2-3 Reference Channels for 5MHz 16-QAM with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 5 5
Allocated resource blocks 1 8
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) 1 1
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding rate 3/4 3/4
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 408 3496
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 1 1
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 576 4608
Total symbols per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 1152
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of
L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Note 2: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

Table A.2.3.2.2-4 Reference Channels for 10MHz 16-QAM with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 10 10
Allocated resource blocks 1 12
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) 1 1
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding rate 3/4 3/4
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 408 5160
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 1 1
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 576 6912
Total symbols per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 1728
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of
L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Note 2: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

3GPP
Release 9 109 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.2.3.2.2-5 Reference Channels for 15MHz 16-QAM with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 15 15
Allocated resource blocks 1 16
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) 1 1
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding rate 3/4 1/2
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 408 4584
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 1 1
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 576 9216
Total symbols per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 2304
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of
L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Note 2: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

Table A.2.3.2.2-6 Reference Channels for 20MHz 16-QAM with partial RB allocation

Parameter Unit Value Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 20 20
Allocated resource blocks 1 18
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 2) 1 1
DFT-OFDM Symbols per Sub-Frame 12 12
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding rate 3/4 1/2
Payload size
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 408 5160
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24
Number of code blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 1)
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 1 1
Total number of bits per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 Bits 576 10368
Total symbols per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frame 2,3,7,8 144 2592
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of
L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Note 2: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

A.2.3.2.3 64-QAM
[FFS]

3GPP
Release 9 110 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.3 DL reference measurement channels

A.3.1 General
The number of available channel bits varies across the sub-frames due to PBCH and PSS/SSS overhead. The payload
size per sub-frame is varied in order to keep the code rate constant throughout a frame.

No user data is scheduled on subframes #5 in order to facilitate the transmission of system information blocks (SIB).

The algorithm for determining the payload size A is as follows; given a desired coding rate R and radio block allocation
NRB

1. Calculate the number of channel bits Nch that can be transmitted during the first transmission of a given sub-
frame.

2. Find A such that the resulting coding rate is as close to R as possible, that is,

subject to

a) A is a valid TB size according to section 7.1.7 of TS 36.213 [6] assuming an allocation of NRB resource
blocks.

b) Segmentation is not included in this formula, but should be considered in the TBS calculation.

3. If there is more than one A that minimizes the equation above, then the larger value is chosen per default.

4. For TDD, the measurement channel is based on DL/UL configuration ratio of 2DL+DwPTS (12 OFDM symbol):
2UL

A.3.2 Reference measurement channel for receiver characteristics

Tables A.3.2-1 and A.3.2-2 are applicable for measurements on the Receiver Characteristics (clause 7) with the
exception of sub-clause 7.4 (Maximum input level).

Tables A.3.2-3 and A.3.2-4 are applicable for sub-clause 7.4 (Maximum input level).

Tables A.3.2-1 and A.3.2-2 also apply for the modulated interferer used in Clauses 7.5, 7.6 and 7.8 with test specific
bandwidths.

3GPP
Release 9 111 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.3.2-1 Fixed Reference Channel for Receiver Requirements (FDD)

Parameter Unit Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 15 25 50 75 100
Subcarriers per resource block 12 12 12 12 12 12
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 10 10 10 10 10 10
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK
Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3
Number of HARQ Processes Processes 8 8 8 8 8 8
Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 1 1 1 1
Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 408 1320 2216 4392 6712 8760
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 152 872 1800 4392 6712 8760
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24 24 24
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 4)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 1 1 1 1 2 2
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 1 1 1 1 2 2
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 1368 3780 6300 13800 20700 27600
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 528 2940 5460 12960 19860 26760
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 341.61143. 1952. 3952. 6040. 7884
2 8 8 8
UE Category 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10MHz channel BW. 3 symbols allocated to
PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz. 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz
Note 2: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to
each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 112 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.3.2-2 Fixed Reference Channel for Receiver Requirements (TDD)

Parameter Unit Value

Channel Bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 15 25 50 75 100
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 5) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) 4 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2
Number of HARQ Processes Processes 7 7 7 7 7 7
Maximum number of HARQ transmission 1 1 1 1 1 1
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK QPSK
Target coding rate 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3
Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame Bits
For Sub-Frame 4, 9 408 1320 2216 4392 6712 8760
For Sub-Frame 1, 6 n/a 968 1544 3240 4968 6712
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 208 1064 1800 4392 6712 8760
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24 24 24
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 5)
For Sub-Frame 4, 9 1 1 1 1 2 2
For Sub-Frame 1, 6 n/a 1 1 1 1 2
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 1 1 1 1 2 2
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame Bits
For Sub-Frame 4, 9 1368 3780 6300 13800 20700 27600
For Sub-Frame 1, 6 n/a 3276 5556 11256 16956 22656
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 672 3084 5604 13104 20004 26904
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 102.4 564 932 1965. 3007. 3970.
6 2 4
UE Category 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5
Note 1: For normal subframes(0,4,5,9), 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz
channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH
for 1.4 MHz. For special subframe (1&6), only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH for all BWs.
Note 2: For 1.4MHz, no data shall be scheduled on special subframes(1&6) to avoid problems with
insufficient PDCCH performance
Note 3: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to
each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).
Note 5: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

3GPP
Release 9 113 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.3.2-3 Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Categories 3-5 (FDD)

Parameter Unit Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 15 25 50 75 100
Subcarriers per resource block 12 12 12 12 12 12
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 10 10 10 10 10 10
Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM
Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Number of HARQ Processes Processes 8 8 8 8 8 8
Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 1 1 1 1
Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 2984 8504 14112 30576 46888 61664
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits n/a 6456 12576 28336 45352 61664
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24 24 24
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 4)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 1 2 3 5 8 11
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 n/a 2 3 5 8 11
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 4104 11340 18900 41400 62100 82800
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits n/a 8820 16380 38880 59580 80280
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 2387.2 7448.8 12547 27294 42046 55498
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW. 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH
for 5 MHz and 3 MHz. 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz
Note 2: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code
Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

Table A.3.2-3a Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Category 1 (FDD)

Parameter Unit Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 15 18 17 17 17
Subcarriers per resource block 12 12 12 12 12 12
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 10 10 10 10 10 10
Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM
Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Number of HARQ Processes Processes 8 8 8 8 8 8
Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 1 1 1 1
Information Bit Payload
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 2984 8504 10296 10296 10296 10296
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits n/a 6456 8248 10296 10296 10296
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24 24 24
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 4)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 1 2 2 2 2 2
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 n/a 2 2 2 2 2
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 4104 11340 13608 14076 14076 14076
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits n/a 8820 11088 14076 14076 14076
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 2387.2 7448.8 9079.6 9266.4 9266.4 9266.4
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW. 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH
for 5 MHz and 3 MHz. 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz
Note 2: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code
Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 114 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.3.2-3b Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Category 2 (FDD)

Parameter Unit Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 15 25 50 75 83
Subcarriers per resource block 12 12 12 12 12 12
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 10 10 10 10 10 10
Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM
Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Number of HARQ Processes Processes 8 8 8 8 8 8
Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 1 1 1 1
Information Bit Payload
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 2984 8504 14112 30576 46888 51024
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits n/a 6456 12576 28336 45352 48936
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24 24 24
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 4)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 1 2 3 5 8 9
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 n/a 2 3 5 8 8
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 4104 11340 18900 41400 62100 68724
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits n/a 8820 16380 38880 59580 66204
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 2387.2 7448.8 12547 27294 42046 45713
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW. 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH
for 5 MHz and 3 MHz. 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz
Note 2: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code
Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 115 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.3.2-4 Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Categories 3-5 (TDD)

Parameter Unit Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 15 25 50 75 100
Subcarriers per resource block 12 12 12 12 12 12
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 5) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 4 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2
Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM
Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Number of HARQ Processes Processes 7 7 7 7 7 7
Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 1 1 1 1
Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 2984 8504 14112 30576 46888 61664
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits n/a 6968 11448 23688 35160 46888
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits n/a 6968 12576 30576 45352 61664
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24 24 24
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 5)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 1 2 3 5 8 11
For Sub-Frames 1,6 n/a 2 3 5 7 9
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 n/a 2 3 5 8 11
Binary Channel Bits per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 4104 11340 18900 41400 62100 82800
For Sub-Frames 1,6 n/a 9828 16668 33768 50868 67968
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits n/a 9252 16812 39312 60012 80712
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 596.8 3791.2 6369.6 13910 20945 27877
Note 1: For normal subframes(0,4,5,9), 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW;
3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For special
subframe (1&6), only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH for all BWs.
Note 2: For 1.4MHz, no data shall be scheduled on special subframes(1&6) to avoid problems with insufficient PDCCH
performance
Note 3: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code
Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).
Note 5: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

3GPP
Release 9 116 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.3.2-4a Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Category 1 (TDD)

Parameter Unit Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 15 18 17 17 17
Subcarriers per resource block 12 12 12 12 12 12
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 5) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 4 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2
Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM
Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Number of HARQ Processes Processes 7 7 7 7 7 7
Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 1 1 1 1
Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 2984 8504 10296 10296 10296 10296
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits n/a 6968 8248 7480 7480 7480
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits n/a 6968 8248 10296 10296 10296
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24 24 24
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 5)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 1 2 2 2 2 2
For Sub-Frames 1,6 n/a 2 2 2 2 2
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 n/a 2 2 2 2 2
Binary Channel Bits per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 4104 11340 13608 14076 14076 14076
For Sub-Frames 1,6 n/a 9828 11880 11628 11628 11628
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits n/a 9252 11520 14076 14076 14076
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 596.8 3791.2 4533.6 4584.8 4584.8 4584.8
Note 1: For normal subframes(0,4,5,9), 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW;
3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For special
subframe (1&6), only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH for all BWs.
Note 2: For 1.4MHz, no data shall be scheduled on special subframes(1&6) to avoid problems with insufficient PDCCH
performance
Note 3: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code
Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Note 5: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

3GPP
Release 9 117 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.3.2-4b Fixed Reference Channel for Maximum input level for UE Category 2 (TDD)

Parameter Unit Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 15 25 50 75 83
Subcarriers per resource block 12 12 12 12 12 12
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 5) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 4 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2
Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM
Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Number of HARQ Processes Processes 7 7 7 7 7 7
Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 1 1 1 1
Information Bit Payload per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 2984 8504 14112 30576 46888 51024
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits n/a 6968 11448 23688 35160 39232
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits n/a 6968 12576 30576 45352 51024
Transport block CRC Bits 24 24 24 24 24 24
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 5)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 1 2 3 5 8 9
For Sub-Frames 1,6 n/a 2 3 5 7 7
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 n/a 2 3 5 8 8
Binary Channel Bits per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 4104 11340 18900 41400 62100 68724
For Sub-Frames 1,6 n/a 9828 16668 33768 50868 56340
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits n/a 9252 16380 39312 60012 66636
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 596.8 3791.2 6369.6 13910 20945 23154
Note 1: For normal subframes(0,4,5,9), 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW;
3 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For special
subframe (1&6), only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH for all BWs.
Note 2: For 1.4MHz, no data shall be scheduled on special subframes(1&6) to avoid problems with insufficient
PDCCH performance
Note 3: Reference signal, Synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code
Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)
Note 5: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]

3GPP
Release 9 118 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.3.3 Reference measurement channels for PDSCH performance

requirements (FDD)
A.3.3.1 Single-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols)
Table A.3.3.1-1: Fixed Reference Channel QPSK R=1/3

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.4 R.2
FDD FDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 50
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 10 10
Modulation QPSK QPSK
Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/3
Information Bit Payload
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 408 4392
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 152 4392
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 3)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 1 1
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 1 1
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 1368 13800
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 528 12960
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps 0.342 3.953
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated
to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to
each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 119 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.3.3.1-2: Fixed Reference Channel 16QAM R=1/2

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.3
FDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 50
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 10
Modulation 16QAM
Target Coding Rate 1/2
Information Bit Payload
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 14112
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 12960
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 3)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 3
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 3
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 27600
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 25920
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps 12.586
UE Category 2-5
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated
to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to
each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

Table A.3.3.1-3: Fixed Reference Channel 64QAM R=3/4

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.5 R.6 R.7 R.8 R.9
FDD FDD FDD FDD FDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 15 25 50 75 100
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 10 10 10 10 10
Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM
Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Information Bit Payload
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 8504 14112 30576 46888 61664
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 6456 12576 28336 45352 61664
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 3)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 2 3 5 8 11
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 2 3 5 8 11
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 11340 18900 41400 62100 82800
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 8820 16380 38880 59580 80280
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps 7.449 12.547 27.294 42.046 55.498
UE Category 1-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 3-5
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to
PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each
Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 120 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.3.3.1-4: Fixed Reference Channel Single PRB (Channel Edge)

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.0 R.1
FDD FDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10/20 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 1 1
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 10 10
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding Rate 1/2 1/2
Information Bit Payload
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 224 256
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 224 256
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 3)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 1 1
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 1 1
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 504 552
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 504 552
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps 0.202 0.230
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to
PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each
Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 121 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.3.3.1-5: Fixed Reference Channel Single PRB (MBSFN Configuration)

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.29 FDD
(MBSFN)
Channel bandwidth MHz 10
Allocated resource blocks 1
MBSFN Configuration TBD
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 4
Modulation 16QAM
Target Coding Rate 1/2
Information Bit Payload
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 256
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 256
For Sub-Frame 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits 0 (MBSFN)
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 3)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 1
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 1
For Sub-Frame 1,2,3,6,7,8 0 (MBSFN)
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 552
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 552
For Sub-Frame 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits 0 (MBSFN)
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 76.8
UE Category 1-5
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH
allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional
CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code
Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 122 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.3.3.2 Multi-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols)

A.3.3.2.1 Two antenna ports

Table A.3.3.2.1-1: Fixed Reference Channel two antenna ports

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.10 R.11 R.30
FDD FDD FDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 10 10 20
Allocated resource blocks 50 50 100
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 10 10 10
Modulation QPSK 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/2 1/2
Information Bit Payload
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 4392 12960 25456
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 4392 12960 25456
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 3)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 1 3 5
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 1 3 5
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 13200 26400 52800
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 12384 24768 51168
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps 3.953 11.664 22.910
UE Category 1-5 2-5 2-5
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to
PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each
Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 123 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.3.3.2.2 Four antenna ports

Table A.3.3.2.2-1: Fixed Reference Channel four antenna ports

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.12 R.13 R.14
FDD FDD FDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 10 10
Allocated resource blocks 6 50 50
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 10 10 10
Modulation QPSK QPSK 16QAM
Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/3 1/2
Information Bit Payload
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 408 4392 12960
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 152 3624 11448
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 3)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 1 1 3
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 1 1 2
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 Bits 1248 12800 25600
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 480 12032 24064
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps 0.342 3.876 11.513
frame
UE Category 1-5 1-5 2-5
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to
PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each
Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 124 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.3.3.3 [RMC for UE-Specific Reference Symbols]

A.3.4 Reference measurement channels for PDSCH performance

requirements (TDD)

A.3.4.1 Single-antenna transmission (Common Reference Symbols)

Table A.3.4.1-1: Fixed Reference Channel QPSK R=1/3

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.4 R.2
TDD TDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 50
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 4) 1 1
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) 4+2 4+2
Modulation QPSK QPSK
Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/3
Information Bit Payload
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 408 4392
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits n/a 3240
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 208 4392
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 5)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 1 1
For Sub-Frames 1,6 n/a 1
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 1 1
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 1368 13800
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits n/a 11256
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 672 13104
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps 0.102 1.966
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated
to PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6,
only 2 OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH.
Note 2: For BW=1.4 MHz, the information bit payloads of special subframes are set to zero (no scheduling)
to avoid problems with insufficient PDCCH performance at the test point.
Note 3: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 4: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]
Note 5: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to
each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 125 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.3.4.1-2: Fixed Reference Channel 16QAM R=1/2

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.3
TDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 50
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) 1
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) 4+2
Modulation 16QAM
Target Coding Rate 1/2
Information Bit Payload
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 14112
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits 11448
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 12960
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 4)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 3
For Sub-Frames 1,6 2
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 3
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 27600
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits 22512
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 26208
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps 6.408
UE Category 2-5
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to
PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2
OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH.
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 3: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]
Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each
Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 126 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.3.4.1-3: Fixed Reference Channel 64QAM R=3/4

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.5 R.6 TDD R.7 R.8 R.9
TDD TDD TDD TDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 15 25 50 75 100
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) 1 1 1 1 1
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2
Modulation 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM 64QAM
Target Coding Rate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Information Bit Payload
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 8504 14112 30576 46888 61664
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits 6968 11448 23688 35160 46888
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 6968 12576 30576 45352 61664
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 4)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 2 3 5 8 11
For Sub-Frames 1,6 2 2 4 6 8
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 2 3 5 8 11
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 11340 18900 41400 62100 82800
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits 9828 16668 33768 50868 67968
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 9252 16812 39312 60012 80712
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps 3.791 6.370 13.910 20.945 27.877
UE Category 1-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 3-5
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH
for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2 OFDM symbols
are allocated to PDCCH.
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 3: As per Table 4.2-2 TS 36.211 [4]
Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code
Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 127 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.3.4.1-4: Fixed Reference Channel Single PRB

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.0 R.1 TDD
TDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10/20 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 1 1
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) 1 1
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) 4+2 4+2
Modulation 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding Rate 1/2 1/2
Information Bit Payload
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 224 256
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits 208 208
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 224 256
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 4)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 1 1
For Sub-Frames 1,6 1 1
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 1 1
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 504 552
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits 456 456
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 504 552
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps 0.109 0.118
UE Category 1-5 1-5
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to
PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2
OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH.
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 3: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]
Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each
Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 128 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.3.4.1-5: Fixed Reference Channel Single PRB (MBSFN Configuration)

Parameter Unit Value
Reference channel R.29 TDD
(MBSFN)
Channel bandwidth MHz 10
Allocated resource blocks 1
MBSFN Configuration [TBD]
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) 1
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) 2+2
Modulation 16QAM
Target Coding Rate 1/2
Information Bit Payload
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 0 (MBSFN)
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits 208
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 256
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 4)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 0 (MBSFN)
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits 1
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 1
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 0 (MBSFN)
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits 456
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 552
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame kbps 67.2
UE Category 1-5
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as
per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 3: as per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]
Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC
sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each Code Block (otherwise
L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 129 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.3.4.2 Multi-antenna transmission (Common Reference Signals)

A.3.4.2.1 Two antenna ports

Table A.3.4.2.1-1: Fixed Reference Channel two antenna ports

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.10 R.11 [R.11-1 R.30
TDD TDD TDD] TDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 10 10 10 20
Allocated resource blocks 50 50 50 100
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) 1 1 1 1
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2
(D+S)
Modulation QPSK 16QAM 16QAM 16QAM
Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/2 1/2 1/2
Information Bit Payload
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 4392 12960 12960 25456
For Sub-Frames 1,6 3240 9528 9528 22920
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 4392 12960 n/a 25456
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 4)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 1 3 3 5
For Sub-Frames 1,6 1 2 2 4
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 1 3 n/a 5
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 13200 26400 26400 52800
For Sub-Frames 1,6 10656 21312 21312 42912
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 12528 25056 n/a 51456
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps 1.966 5.794 4.498 12.221
UE Category 1-5 2-5 2-5 2-5
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to
PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2
OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH.
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 3: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]
Note 4: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each
Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 130 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.3.4.2.2 Four antenna ports

Table A.3.4.2.2-1: Fixed Reference Channel four antenna ports

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.12 R.13 R.14
TDD TDD TDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 10 10
Allocated resource blocks 6 50 50
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 4) 1 1 1
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 4+2 4+2 4+2
(D+S)
Modulation QPSK QPSK 16QAM
Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/3 1/2
Information Bit Payload
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 408 4392 12960
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits n/a 3240 9528
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 208 4392 n/a
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 5)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 1 1 3
For Sub-Frames 1,6 n/a 1 2
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 1 1 n/a
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 1248 12800 25600
For Sub-Frames 1,6 n/a 10256 20512
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 624 12176 n/a
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 Mbps 0.102 1.966 4.498
frame
UE Category 1-5 1-5 2-5
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to
PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2
OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH.
Note 2: For BW=1.4 MHz, the information bit payloads of special subframes are set to zero (no scheduling) to
avoid problems with insufficient PDCCH performance at the test point.
Note 3: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 4: As per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]
Note 5: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each
Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 131 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.3.4.3 [RMC for UE-Specific Reference Symbols]

Table A.3.4.3-1: Fixed Reference Channel for UE-specific reference symbols

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.25 R.26 R.27 R.28
TDD TDD TDD TDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 10 10 10 10
Allocated resource blocks 50 4 50 4 50 4 1
Uplink-Downlink Configuration (Note 3) 1 1 1 1
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (D+S) 4+2 4+2 4+2 4+2
Modulation QPSK 16QAM 64QAM 16QAM
Target Coding Rate 1/3 1/2 3/4 1/2
Information Bit Payload
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 4392 12960 28336 224
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits 3240 9528 22920 176
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 2984 9528 22152 224
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame
(Note 5)
For Sub-Frames 4,9 1 3 5 1
For Sub-Frames 1,6 1 2 4 1
For Sub-Frame 5 n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 1 2 4 1
Binary Channel Bits Per Sub-Frame
For Sub-Frames 4,9 Bits 12600 25200 37800 504
For Sub-Frames 1,6 Bits 10356 20712 31068 420
For Sub-Frame 5 Bits n/a n/a n/a n/a
For Sub-Frame 0 Bits 10332 20664 30996 504
Max. Throughput averaged over 1 frame Mbps 1.825 5.450 12.466 0.102
UE Category 1-5 2-5 2-5 1-5
Note 1: 2 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 20 MHz, 15 MHz and 10 MHz channel BW; 3 symbols allocated to
PDCCH for 5 MHz and 3 MHz; 4 symbols allocated to PDCCH for 1.4 MHz. For subframe 1&6, only 2
OFDM symbols are allocated to PDCCH.
Note 2: Reference signal, synchronization signals and PBCH allocated as per TS 36.211 [4]
Note 3: as per Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]
Note 4: For R.25, R.26 and R.27, 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 1–9 and 41 resource blocks
(RB0–RB20 and RB30–RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0.
Note 5: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached to each
Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit)

3GPP
Release 9 132 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.3.5 Reference measurement channels for PDCCH/PCFICH

performance requirements
A.3.5.1 FDD
Table A.3.5.1-1: Reference Channel FDD

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.15 FDD R.16 FDD R.17 FDD
Number of transmitter antennas 1 2 4
Channel bandwidth MHz 10 1.4 10
Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH symbols 2 2 2
Aggregation level CCE 8 2 4
DCI Format Format 1 Format 2 Format 2
Cell ID 0 0 0
Payload (without CRC) Bits 31 31 46

A.3.5.2 TDD
Table A.3.5.2-1: Reference Channel TDD

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.15 TDD R.16 TDD R.17 TDD
Number of transmitter antennas 1 2 4
Channel bandwidth MHz 10 1.4 10
Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH symbols 2 2 2
Aggregation level CCE 8 2 4
DCI Format Format 1 Format 2 Format 2
Cell ID 0 0 0
Payload (without CRC) Bits 34 34 49

A.3.6 Reference measurement channels for PHICH performance

requirements

Table A.3.6-1: Reference Channel FDD/TDD

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.18 R.19 R.20 R.24
Number of transmitter antennas 1 2 4 1
Channel bandwidth MHz 10 1.4 10 10
User roles (Note 1) [W I1 I2] [W I1 I2] [W I1 I2] [W I1]
Resource allocation (Note 2) [(0,0) (0,1) (0,4)] [(0,0) (0,1) (0,4)] [(0,0) (0,1) (0,4)] [(0,0) (0,1)]
Power offsets (Note 3) dB [-4 0 -3] [-4 0 -3] [-4 0 -3] [0 -3]
Payload (Note 4) [A R R] [A R R] [A R R] [A R]
Note 1: W=wanted user, I1=interfering user 1, I2=interfering user 2.
Note 2: The resource allocation per user is given as (N_group_PHICH, N_seq_PHICH). The remaining PHICH
groups (other than group zero) shall contain zeros.
Note 3: The power offsets (per user) represent the difference of the power of BPSK modulated symbol per PHICH
relative to the first interfering user.
Note 4: A=fixed ACK, R=random ACK/NACK.

3GPP
Release 9 133 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.3.7 Reference measurement channels for PBCH performance

requirements

Table A.3.7-1: Reference Channel FDD/TDD

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel R.21 R.22 R.23
Number of transmitter antennas 1 2 4
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 1.4 1.4
Modulation QPSK QPSK QPSK
Target coding rate 40/1920 40/1920 40/1920
Payload (without CRC) Bits 24 24 24

A.3.8 Reference measurement channels for MBMS performance

requirements
A.3.8.1 FDD
Table A.3.8.1-1: Physical Channel parameters QPSK R=1/3

Parameter PMCH
Unit Value
Reference channel [R.4 FDD] [R.1 FDD]
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 50
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 6 6
(Note 1)
Modulation QPSK QPSK
Target Coding Rate [1/3] [1/3]
Information Bit Payload (Note 2)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits [408] [3624]
For Sub-Frames 0,4,5,9 Bits n/a n/a
Number of Code Blocks per Subframe 1 1
(Note 3)
Binary Channel Bits Per Subframe
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits [1224] 10200
For Sub-Frames 0,4,5,9 Bits n/a n/a
Note 1: For FDD mode, up to 6 subframes (#1/2/3/6/7/8) are available for MBMS, in line with TS
36.331.

Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH; and reference signal allocated as per TS
36.211.
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is
attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

3GPP
Release 9 134 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.3.8.1-2: Physical Channel parameters 16QAM R=1/2

Parameter PMCH
Unit Value
Reference channel [R.2 FDD]
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 50
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame (Note 1) 6
Modulation 16QAM
Target Coding Rate [1/2]
Information Bit Payload (Note 2)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits [9912]
For Sub-Frames 0,4,5,9 Bits n/a
Number of Code Blocks per Subframe (Note 3) 2
Binary Channel Bits Per Subframe
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits 20400
For Sub-Frames 0,4,5,9 Bits n/a
Note 1: For FDD mode, up to 6 subframes (#1/2/3/6/7/8) are available for MBMS, in line with TS
36.331.

Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH; and reference signal allocated as per TS
36.211.
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is
attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).
Table A.3.8.1-3: Physical Channel parameters 64QAM R=3/4

Parameter PMCH
Unit Value
Reference channel [R.3 FDD]
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 50
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame(Note1) 6
Modulation 64QAM
Target Coding Rate [3/4]
Information Bit Payload (Note 2)
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits [22920]
For Sub-Frames 0,4,5,9 Bits n/a
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame (Note 3) 4
Binary Channel Bits Per Subframe
For Sub-Frames 1,2,3,6,7,8 Bits 30600
For Sub-Frames 0,4,5,9 Bits n/a
Note 1: For FDD mode, up to 6 subframes (#1/2/3/6/7/8) are available for MBMS, in line with TS
36.331.

Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH; and reference signal allocated as per TS
36.211.
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is
attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

A.3.8.2 TDD
Table A.3.8.2-1: Physical Channel parameters QPSK R=1/3

Parameter PMCH

3GPP
Release 9 135 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Unit Value
Reference channel [R.4 TDD] [R.1 TDD]
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 50
Uplink-Downlink Configuration(Note 1) 5 5
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 5 5
Modulation QPSK QPSK
Target Coding Rate [1/3] [1/3]
Information Bit Payload (Note 2)
For Sub-Frames 3,4,7,8,9 Bits [408] [3624]
For Sub-Frames 0,1,2,5,6 Bits n/a n/a
Number of Code Blocks per Subframe 1 1
(Note 3)
Binary Channel Bits Per Subframe
For Sub-Frames 3,4,7,8,9 Bits [1224] 10200
For Sub-Frames 0,1,2,5,6 Bits n/a n/a
Note 1: For TDD mode, in line with TS 36.331, Uplink-Downlink Configuration 5 is proposed, up to 5
subframes (#3/4/7/8/9) are available for MBMS.

Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH; reference signal allocated as per TS 36.211.
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is attached
to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

Table A.3.8.2-2: Physical Channel parameters 16QAM R=1/2

Parameter PMCH
Unit Value
Reference channel [R.2 TDD]
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 50
Uplink-Downlink Configuration(Note 1) 5
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 5
Modulation 16QAM
Target Coding Rate [1/2]
Information Bit Payload (Note 2)
For Sub-Frames 3,4,7,8,9 Bits [9912]
For Sub-Frames 0,1,2,5,6 Bits n/a
Number of Code Blocks per Subframe (Note 3) 2
Binary Channel Bits Per Subframe
For Sub-Frames 3,4,7,8,9 Bits 20400
For Sub-Frames 0,1,2,5,6 Bits n/a
Note 1: For TDD mode, in line with TS 36.331, Uplink-Downlink Configuration 5 is proposed, up to
5 subframes (#3/4/7/8/9) are available for MBMS.

Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH; reference signal allocated as per TS 36.211.
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is
attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).
Table A.3.8.2-3: Physical Channel parameters 64QAM R=3/4

Parameter PMCH

3GPP
Release 9 136 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Unit Value
Reference channel [R.3 TDD]
Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 50
Uplink-Downlink Configuration(Note 1) 5
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 5
Modulation 64QAM
Target Coding Rate [3/4]
Information Bit Payload (Note 2)
For Sub-Frames 3,4,7,8,9 Bits [22920]
For Sub-Frames 0,1,2,5,6 Bits n/a
Number of Code Blocks per Sub-Frame 4
(Note 3)
Binary Channel Bits Per Subframe
For Sub-Frames 3,4,7,8,9 Bits 30600
For Sub-Frames 0,1,2,5,6 Bits n/a
Note 1: For TDD mode, in line with TS 36.331, Uplink-Downlink Configuration 5 is proposed,
up to 5 subframes (#3/4/7/8/9) are available for MBMS.

Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols are reserved for PDCCH; reference signal allocated as per TS
36.211.
Note 3: If more than one Code Block is present, an additional CRC sequence of L = 24 Bits is
attached to each Code Block (otherwise L = 0 Bit).

A.4 CSI reference measurement channels

This section defines the DL signal applicable to the reporting of channel quality information (Clause 9.2, 9.3 and 9.5).

The reference channel in Table A.4-1 complies with the CQI definition specified in Sec. 7.2.3 of [6]. Table A.4-3
specifies the transport format corresponding to each CQI for single antenna transmission. Table A.4-3a specifies the
transport format corresponding to each CQI for dual antenna transmission.

Table A.4-1: Reference channel for CQI requirements (FDD) full PRB allocation

Parameter Unit Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 15 25 50 75 100
Subcarriers per resource block 12 12 12 12 12 12
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 8 8 8 8 8 8
Modulation Tabl Tabl
e e
A.4-3 A.4-
3a
Target coding rate Tabl Tabl
e e
A.4-3 A.4-
3a
Number of HARQ Processes Processe 8 8 8 8 8 8
s
Maximum number of HARQ 1 1 1 1 1 1
transmissions
Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH
Note 2: Only subframes 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead

3GPP
Release 9 137 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.4-2: Reference channel for CQI requirements (TDD) full PRB allocation

Parameter Unit Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 15 25 50 75 100
Subcarriers per resource block 12 12 12 12 12 12
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 4 4 4 4 4 4
Modulation Tabl Tabl
e e
A.4-3 A.4-
3a
Target coding rate Tabl Tabl
e e
A.4-3 A.4-
3a
Number of HARQ Processes Processe 10 10 10 10 10 10
s
Maximum number of HARQ 1 1 1 1 1 1
transmissions
Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH
Note 2: UL-DL configuration 2 is used and only subframes 3, 4, 8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and
synchronization signal overhead

Table A.4-3: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 50 PRB allocation single antenna
transmission

CQI index Modulation Target code rate Imcs Information Binary Actual Code
Bit Payload Channel Bits rate
(Subframes Per Sub-
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9) Frame
(Subframes
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9)
0 out of range out of range DTX - 12600 -
1 QPSK 0.0762 0 1384 12600 0.1117
2 QPSK 0.1172 0 1384 12600 0.1117
3 QPSK 0.1885 2 2216 12600 0.1778
4 QPSK 0.3008 4 3624 12600 0.2895
5 QPSK 0.4385 6 5160 12600 0.4114
6 QPSK 0.5879 8 6968 12600 0.5549
7 16QAM 0.3691 11 8760 25200 0.3486
8 16QAM 0.4785 13 11448 25200 0.4552
9 16QAM 0.6016 16 15264 25200 0.6067
10 64QAM 0.4551 18 16416 37800 0.4349
11 64QAM 0.5537 21 21384 37800 0.5663
12 64QAM 0.6504 23 25456 37800 0.6741
13 64QAM 0.7539 25 28336 37800 0.7503
14 64QAM 0.8525 27 31704 37800 0.8394
15 64QAM 0.9258 27 31704 37800 0.8394
Note1: Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement.

3GPP
Release 9 138 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.4-3a: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 50 PRB allocation dual antenna
transmission

CQI index Modulation Target code rate Imcs Information Binary Actual Code
Bit Payload Channel Bits rate
(Subframes Per Sub-
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9) Frame
(Subframes
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9)
0 out of range out of range DTX - 12000 -
1 QPSK 0.0762 0 1384 12000 0.1173
2 QPSK 0.1172 0 1384 12000 0.1173
3 QPSK 0.1885 2 2216 12000 0.1867
4 QPSK 0.3008 4 3624 12000 0.3040
5 QPSK 0.4385 6 5160 12000 0.4320
6 QPSK 0.5879 8 6968 12000 0.5827
7 16QAM 0.3691 11 8760 24000 0.3660
8 16QAM 0.4785 13 11448 24000 0.4780
9 16QAM 0.6016 15 14112 24000 0.5890
10 64QAM 0.4551 18 16416 36000 0.4567
11 64QAM 0.5537 20 19848 36000 0.5520
12 64QAM 0.6504 22 22920 36000 0.6373
13 64QAM 0.7539 24 27376 36000 0.7611
14 64QAM 0.8525 26 30576 36000 0.8500
15 64QAM 0.9258 27 31704 36000 0.8813
Note1: Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement. The next subframe (i.e. sub-
frame#1 or #6) shall be used for the retransmission.

Table A.4-4: Reference channel for CQI requirements (FDD) 6 PRB allocation

Parameter Unit Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 6 6 6 6 6
Subcarriers per resource block 12 12 12 12 12 12
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 8 8 8 8 8 8
Modulation Table
A.4-6
Target coding rate Table
A.4-6
Number of HARQ Processes Processes 8 8 8 8 8 8
Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 1 1 1 1
Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH
Note 2: Only subframes 1,2,3,4,6,7,8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and synchronization signal overhead

Table A.4-5: Reference channel for CQI requirements (TDD) 6 PRB allocation

Parameter Unit Value

Channel bandwidth MHz 1.4 3 5 10 15 20
Allocated resource blocks 6 6 6 6 6 6
Subcarriers per resource block 12 12 12 12 12 12
Allocated subframes per Radio Frame 4 4 4 4 4 4
Modulation Table
A.4-6
Target coding rate Table
A.4-6
Number of HARQ Processes Processes 10 10 10 10 10 10
Maximum number of HARQ transmissions 1 1 1 1 1 1
Note 1: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH
Note 2: UL-DL configuration 2 is used and only subframes 3, 4, 8, and 9 are allocated to avoid PBCH and
synchronization signal overhead

3GPP
Release 9 139 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.4-6: Transport format corresponding to each CQI index for 6 PRB allocation

CQI index Modulation Target code rate Imcs Information Binary Actual Code
Bit Payload Channel Bits rate
(Subframes Per Sub-
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9) Frame
(Subframes
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9)
0 out of range out of range DTX - 1512 -
1 QPSK 0.0762 0 152 1512 0.1005
2 QPSK 0.1172 0 152 1512 0.1005
3 QPSK 0.1885 2 256 1512 0.1693
4 QPSK 0.3008 4 408 1512 0.2698
5 QPSK 0.4385 6 600 1512 0.3968
6 QPSK 0.5879 8 808 1512 0.5344
7 16QAM 0.3691 11 1032 3024 0.3413
8 16QAM 0.4785 13 1352 3024 0.4471
9 16QAM 0.6016 16 1800 3024 0.5952
10 64QAM 0.4551 19 2152 4536 0.4744
11 64QAM 0.5537 21 2600 4536 0.5732
12 64QAM 0.6504 23 2984 4536 0.6578
13 64QAM 0.7539 25 3496 4536 0.7707
14 64QAM 0.8525 27 3752 4536 0.8272
15 64QAM 0.9258 27 3752 4536 0.8272
Note1: Sub-frame#0 and #5 are not used for the corresponding requirement.

A.5 OFDMA Channel Noise Generator (OCNG)

A.5.1 OCNG Patterns for FDD

The following OCNG patterns are used for modelling allocations to virtual UEs (which are not under test) and/or
allocations used for MBSFN. The OCNG pattern for each sub frame specifies the allocations that shall be filled with
OCNG, and furthermore, the relative power level of each such allocation.

In each test case the OCNG is expressed by parameters OCNG_RA and OCNG_RB which together with a relative
power level ( ) specifies the PDSCH EPRE-to-RS EPRE ratios in OFDM symbols with and without reference symbols,
respectively. The relative power, which is used for modelling boosting per virtual UE allocation, is expressed by:

where denotes the relative power level of the i:th virtual UE. The parameter settings of OCNG_RA, OCNG_RB, and
the set of relative power levels are chosen such that when also taking allocations to the UE under test into account, as
given by a PDSCH reference channel, a constant transmitted power spectral density that is constant on an OFDM
symbol basis is targeted.

Moreover the OCNG pattern is accompanied by a PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH reference channel which specifies the
control region. For any aggregation and PHICH allocation, the PDCCH is padded with resource element groups with a
power level given by PDCCH_RA and PDCCH_RB as specified in the test case such that a total power spectral density
in the control region that is constant on an OFDM symbol basis is targeted.

A.5.1.1 OCNG FDD pattern 1: One sided dynamic OCNG FDD pattern
This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of the DL
sub-frames, when the unallocated area is continuous in frequency domain (one sided).

3GPP
Release 9 140 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table A.5.1.1-1: OP.1 FDD: One sided dynamic OCNG FDD Pattern

Relative power level [dB]

Subframe

0 5 1 – 4, 6 – 9 PDSCH
Data
Allocation
First unallocated PRB First unallocated PRB First unallocated PRB
– – –
Last unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB
0 0 0 Note 1
Note 1: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH
per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random
data, which is QPSK modulated. The parameter is used to scale the power of PDSCH.
Note 2: If two or more transmit antennas are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual
users by all the transmit antennas according to transmission mode 2. The transmit power shall be
equally split between all the transmit antennas used in the test. The antenna transmission modes
are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS 36.213.

A.5.1.2 OCNG FDD pattern 2: Two sided dynamic OCNG FDD pattern
This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of the DL
sub-frames, when the unallocated area is discontinuous in frequency domain (divided in two parts by the allocated area –
two sided), starts with PRB 0 and ends with PRB .

Table A.5.1.2-1: OP.2 FDD: Two sided dynamic OCNG FDD Pattern

Relative power level [dB]

Subframe

0 5 1 – 4, 6 – 9
PDSCH Data
Allocation

0 – (First allocated PRB-1) 0 – (First allocated PRB-1) 0 – (First allocated PRB-1)

and and and
(Last allocated PRB+1) – ( (Last allocated PRB+1) – ( (Last allocated PRB+1) – (
) ) )
[0] [0] [0] Note 1
Note 1: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual
UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK
modulated. The parameter is used to scale the power of PDSCH.
Note 2: If two or more transmit antennas are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all
the transmit antennas according to transmission mode 2. The transmit power shall be equally split between all
the transmit antennas used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP
TS 36.213.

3GPP
Release 9 141 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.5.1.3 OCNG FDD pattern 3: 49 RB OCNG allocation with MBSFN in 10

MHz
Table A.5.1.3-1: OP.3 FDD: OCNG FDD Pattern 3

Relative power level [dB]

Allocation PDSCH PMCH
Subframe
Data Data
0 5 4, 9 1 – 3, 6 – 8
0
(Allocation: N/A
1 – 49 0 0 N/A Note 1
all empty
PRB-s)
0 – 49 N/A N/A N/A 0 N/A Note 2
Note 1: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with
one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be
uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. The parameter is
used to scale the power of PDSCH.
Note 2: Each physical resource block (PRB) is assigned to MBSFN transmission. The data in
each PRB shall be uncorrelated with data in other PRBs over the period of any
measurement. The MBSFN data shall be QPSK modulated. PMCH subframes shall
contain cell-specific Reference Signals only in the first symbol of the first time slot. The
parameter is used to scale the power of PMCH.
Note 3: If two or more transmit antennas are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to
the virtual users by all the transmit antennas according to transmission mode 2. The
transmit power shall be equally split between all the transmit antennas used in the test.
The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS 36.213.

N/A: Not Applicable

A.5.2 OCNG Patterns for TDD

The following OCNG patterns are used for modelling allocations to virtual UEs (which are not under test). The OCNG
pattern for each sub frame specifies the allocations that shall be filled with OCNG, and furthermore, the relative power
level of each such allocation.

In each test case the OCNG is expressed by parameters OCNG_RA and OCNG_RB which together with a relative
power level ( ) specifies the PDSCH EPRE-to-RS EPRE ratios in OFDM symbols with and without reference symbols,
respectively. The relative power, which is used for modelling boosting per virtual UE allocation, is expressed by:

where denotes the relative power level of the i:th virtual UE. The parameter settings of OCNG_RA, OCNG_RB, and
the set of relative power levels are chosen such that when also taking allocations to the UE under test into account, as
given by a PDSCH reference channel, a transmitted power spectral density that is constant on an OFDM symbol basis is
targeted.

Moreover the OCNG pattern is accompanied by a PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH reference channel which specifies the
control region. For any aggregation and PHICH allocation, the PDCCH is padded with resource element groups with a
power level given by PDCCH_RA and PDCCH_RB as specified in the test case such that a total power spectral density
in the control region that is constant on an OFDM symbol basis is targeted.

3GPP
Release 9 142 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.5.2.1 OCNG TDD pattern 1: One sided dynamic OCNG TDD pattern
This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of the
subframes available for DL transmission (depending on TDD UL/DL configuration), when the unallocated area is
continuous in frequency domain (one sided).

Table A.5.2.1-1: OP.1 TDD: One sided dynamic OCNG TDD Pattern

Relative power level [dB]

Subframe (only if available for DL)
3, 4, 7, 8, 9 1
0 5 and 6 (as normal and 6 (as special PDSCH
subframe) Note 2 subframe) Note 2 Data
Allocation
First unallocated PRB First unallocated PRB First unallocated PRB First unallocated PRB
– – – –
Last unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB Last unallocated PRB
0 0 0 0 Note 1
Note 1: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per
virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data,
which is QPSK modulated. The parameter is used to scale the power of PDSCH.
Note 2: Subframes available for DL transmission depends on the Uplink-Downlink configuration in Table 4.2-2
in 3GPP TS 36.211
Note 3: If two or more transmit antennas are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users
by all the transmit antennas according to transmission mode 2. The transmit power shall be equally split
between all the transmit antennas used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in
section 7.1 in 3GPP TS 36.213.

A.5.2.2 OCNG TDD pattern 2: Two sided dynamic OCNG TDD pattern
This OCNG Pattern fills with OCNG all empty PRB-s (PRB-s with no allocation of data or system information) of the
subframes available for DL transmission (depending on TDD UL/DL configuration), when the unallocated area is
discontinuous in frequency domain (divided in two parts by the allocated area – two sided), starts with PRB 0 and ends
with PRB .

Table A.5.2.2-1: OP.2 TDD: Two sided dynamic OCNG TDD Pattern

Relative power level [dB] PDSCH

Data
Subframe (only if available for DL)
0 5 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 1,6
(6 as normal subframe) (6 as special subframe)
Note 2 Note 2

Allocation
0– 0– 0– 0–
(First allocated PRB-1) (First allocated PRB-1) (First allocated PRB-1) (First allocated PRB-1)
and and and and
(Last allocated PRB+1) – (Last allocated PRB+1) – (Last allocated PRB+1) – (Last allocated PRB+1) –
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
[0] [0] [0] [0] Note 1

Note 1: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual
UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK
modulated. The parameter is used to scale the power of PDSCH.
Note 2: Subframes available for DL transmission depends on the Uplink-Downlink configuration in Table 4.2-2 in 3GPP
TS 36.211
Note 3: If two or more transmit antennas are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all
the transmit antennas according to transmission mode 2. The transmit power shall be equally split between all
the transmit antennas used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP TS
36.213.

3GPP
Release 9 143 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

A.5.2.3 OCNG TDD pattern 3: 49 RB OCNG allocation with MBSFN in 10 MHz

Table A.5.2.3-1: OP.3 TDD: OCNG TDD Pattern 3 for 5ms downlink-to-uplink switch-point periodicity

Relative power level [dB]

Allocation
Subframe PDSCH Data PMCH Data
Note 2
0 5 4, 9 1, 6
0
1 – 49 0 (Allocation: all N/A 0 Note 1 N/A
empty PRB-s)
0 – 49 N/A N/A 0 N/A N/A Note 3
Note 1: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual
UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK
modulated. The parameter is used to scale the power of PDSCH.
Note 2: Subframes available for DL transmission depends on the Uplink-Downlink configuration in Table 4.2-2 in
3GPP TS 36.211.
Note 3: Each physical resource block (PRB) is assigned to MBSFN transmission. The data in each PRB shall be
uncorrelated with data in other PRBs over the period of any measurement. The MBSFN data shall be QPSK
modulated. PMCH symbols shall not contain cell-specific Reference Signals.
Note 4: If two or more transmit antennas are used in the test, the OCNG shall be transmitted to the virtual users by all
the transmit antennas according to transmission mode 2. The transmit power shall be equally split between all
the transmit antennas used in the test. The antenna transmission modes are specified in section 7.1 in 3GPP
TS 36.213.

N/A: Not Applicable

3GPP
Release 9 144 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Annex B (normative):
Propagation conditions

B.1 Static propagation condition

For 2 port transmission the channel matrix is defined in the frequency domain by

B.2 Multi-path fading propagation conditions

The multipath propagation conditions consist of several parts:

 A delay profile in the form of a "tapped delay-line", characterized by a number of taps at fixed positions on a
sampling grid. The profile can be further characterized by the r.m.s. delay spread and the maximum delay
spanned by the taps.

 A combination of channel model parameters that include the Delay profile and the Doppler spectrum, that is
characterized by a classical spectrum shape and a maximum Doppler frequency

 A set of correlation matrices defining the correlation between the UE and eNodeB antennas in case of multi-
antenna systems.

 Additional multi-path models used for CQI (Channel Quality Indication) tests

B.2.1 Delay profiles

The delay profiles are selected to be representative of low, medium and high delay spread environments. The resulting
model parameters are defined in Table B.2.1-1 and the tapped delay line models are defined in Tables B.2.1-2, B.2.1-3
and B.2.1-4.

Table B.2.1-1 Delay profiles for E-UTRA channel models

Model Number of Delay spread Maximum excess

channel taps (r.m.s.) tap delay (span)
Extended Pedestrian A (EPA) 7 45 ns 410 ns
Extended Vehicular A model (EVA) 9 357 ns 2510 ns
Extended Typical Urban model (ETU) 9 991 ns 5000 ns

Table B.2.1-2 Extended Pedestrian A model (EPA)

Excess tap delay Relative power

[ns] [dB]
0 0.0
30 -1.0
70 -2.0
90 -3.0
110 -8.0
190 -17.2
410 -20.8

3GPP
Release 9 145 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table B.2.1-3 Extended Vehicular A model (EVA)

Excess tap delay Relative power

[ns] [dB]
0 0.0
30 -1.5
150 -1.4
310 -3.6
370 -0.6
710 -9.1
1090 -7.0
1730 -12.0
2510 -16.9

Table B.2.1-4 Extended Typical Urban model (ETU)

Excess tap delay Relative power

[ns] [dB]
0 -1.0
50 -1.0
120 -1.0
200 0.0
230 0.0
500 0.0
1600 -3.0
2300 -5.0
5000 -7.0

B.2.2 Combinations of channel model parameters

Table B.2.2-1 shows propagation conditions that are used for the performance measurements in multi-path fading
environment for low, medium and high Doppler frequencies

Table B.2.2-1 Channel model parameters

Model Maximum Doppler

frequency
EPA 5Hz 5 Hz
EVA 5Hz 5 Hz
EVA 70Hz 70 Hz
ETU 70Hz 70 Hz
ETU 300Hz 300 Hz

B.2.3 MIMO Channel Correlation Matrices

B.2.3.1 Definition of MIMO Correlation Matrices

Table B.2.3.1-1 defines the correlation matrix for the eNodeB

3GPP
Release 9 146 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table B.2.3.1-1 eNodeB correlation matrix

One antenna Two antennas Four antennas

eNode B Correlation

Table B.2.3.1-2 defines the correlation matrix for the UE:

Table B.2.3.1-2 UE correlation matrix

One antenna Two antennas Four antennas

UE Correlation

Table B.2.3.1-3 defines the channel spatial correlation matrix Rspat . The parameters, α and β in Table B.2.3.1-3 defines
the spatial correlation between the antennas at the eNodeB and UE.

Table B.2.3.1-3: Rspat correlation matrices

1x2 case

2x2 case

3GPP
Release 9 147 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

4x2 case

4x4 case

For cases with more antennas at either eNodeB or UE or both, the channel spatial correlation matrix can still be
expressed as the Kronecker product of ReNB and RUE according to Rspat  ReNB  RUE .

B.2.3.2 MIMO Correlation Matrices at High, Medium and Low Level

The  and  for different correlation types are given in Table B.2.3.2-1.

Table B.2.3.2-1

Low correlation Medium Correlation High Correlation

     
0 0 0.3 0.9 0.9 0.9

The correlation matrices for high, medium and low correlation are defined in Table B.2.3.1-2, B.2.3.2-3 and B.2.3.2-
4,as below.

The values in Table B.2.3.2-2 have been adjusted for the 4x2 and 4x4 high correlation cases to insure the correlation
matrix is positive semi-definite after round-off to 4 digit precision. This is done using the equation:

Where the value “a” is a scaling factor such that the smallest value is used to obtain a positive semi-definite result. For
the 4x2 high correlation case, a=0.00010. For the 4x4 high correlation case, a=0.00012.

The same method is used to adjust the 4x4 medium correlation matrix in Table B.2.3.2-3 to insure the correlation matrix
is positive semi-definite after round-off to 4 digit precision with a = 0.00012.

Table B.2.3.2-2: MIMO correlation matrices for high correlation

1x2 case

3GPP
 Release 9 148 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

2x2 case

4x2 case

4x4 case

Table B.2.3.2-3: MIMO correlation matrices for medium correlation

1x2 case N/A

2x2 case

4x2 case

4x4 case

3GPP
Release 9 149 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table B.2.3.2-4: MIMO correlation matrices for low correlation

1x2 case

2x2 case

4x2 case

4x4 case

In Table B.2.3.2-4, is the identity matrix.

B.2.4 Propagation conditions for CQI tests

[For Channel Quality Indication (CQI) tests, the following additional multi-path profile is used:

in continuous time representation, with the delay, a a constant and the Doppler frequency. ]

B.2.6 MBSFN Propagation Channel Profile

Table B.2.6-1 shows propagation conditions that are used for the MBSFN performance requirements in multi-path
fading environment in an extended delay spread environment.

Table B.2.6-1: Propagation Conditions for Multi-Path Fading Environments for MBSFN Performance
Requirements in an extended delay spread environment

Extended Delay Spread

Relative Delay [ns] Relative Mean Power [dB]

0 0
30 -1.5
150 -1.4
310 -3.6
370 -0.6
1090 -7.0
12490 -10
12520 -11.5
12640 -11.4
12800 -13.6
12860 -10.6
13580 -17.0
27490 -20
27520 -21.5
27640 -21.4
27800 -23.6
27860 -20.6
28580 -27.0

3GPP
Release 9 150 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

B.3 High speed train scenario

The high speed train condition for the test of the baseband performance is a non fading propagation channel with one
tap. Doppler shift is given by

(B.3.1)

where is the Doppler shift and is the maximum Doppler frequency. The cosine of angle is given by

, (B.3.2)

, (B.3.3)

, (B.3.4)

where is the initial distance of the train from eNodeB, and is eNodeB Railway track distance, both in
meters; is the velocity of the train in m/s, is time in seconds.

Doppler shift and cosine angle are given by equation B.3.1 and B.3.2-B.3.4 respectively, where the required input
parameters listed in table B.3-1 and the resulting Doppler shift shown in Figure B.3-1 are applied for all frequency
bands.

Table B.3-1: High speed train scenario

Parameter Value
300 m
2m
300 km/h
750 Hz

NOTE 1: Parameters for HST conditions in table B.3-1 including and Doppler shift trajectories presented on
figure B.3-1 were derived for Band 7.

3GPP
Release 9 151 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Figure B.3-1: Doppler shift trajectory

B.4 Beamforming Model

B.4.1 Single-layer beamforming (Antenna port 5)

The effective channel for the user-specific signal, including DRS, is defined as a product of a 2x2 MIMO matrix with
the relevant propagation profile and a random single-layer 2x1 precoder from the CRS code-book, i.e.

where the codebook index j (Table 6.3.4.2.3-1 in [4]) changes randomly. Note that Heff is a 2x1 matrix representing a
1x2 SIMO channel.

3GPP
Release 9 152 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Annex C (normative):
Downlink Physical Channels

C.1 General
This annex specifies the downlink physical channels that are needed for setting a connection and channels that are
needed during a connection.

C.2 Set-up
Table C.2-1 describes the downlink Physical Channels that are required for connection set up.

Table C.2-1: Downlink Physical Channels required

for connection set-up

Physical Channel
PBCH
SSS
PSS
PCFICH
PDCCH
PHICH
PDSCH

C.3 Connection
The following clauses, describes the downlink Physical Channels that are transmitted during a connection i.e., when
measurements are done.

C.3.1 Measurement of Receiver Characteristics

Table C.3.1-1 is applicable for measurements on the Receiver Characteristics (clause 7).

Table C.3.1-1: Downlink Physical Channels transmitted during a connection (FDD and TDD)

Physical Channel EPRE Ratio

PBCH PBCH_RA = 0 dB
PBCH_RB = 0 dB
PSS PSS_RA = 0 dB
SSS SSS_RA = 0 dB
PCFICH PCFICH_RB = 0 dB
PDCCH PDCCH_RA = 0 dB
PDCCH_RB = 0 dB
PDSCH PDSCH_RA = 0 dB
PDSCH_RB = 0 dB
OCNG OCNG_RA = 0 dB
OCNG_RB = 0 dB
NOTE 1: No boosting is applied.

3GPP
Release 9 153 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table C.3.1-2: Power allocation for OFDM symbols and reference signals

Parameter Unit Value Note

Transmitted power spectral dBm/15 kHz Test specific 1. shall be kept
density constant throughout
all OFDM symbols

Cell-specific reference 0 dB
signal power ratio

C.3.2 Measurement of Performance requirements

Table C.3.2-1 is applicable for measurements in which uniform RS-to-EPRE boosting for all downlink physical
channels.

Table C.3.2-1: Downlink Physical Channels transmitted during a connection (FDD and TDD)

Physical Channel EPRE Ratio

PBCH PBCH_RA = A
PBCH_RB = B
PSS PSS_RA = A
SSS SSS_RA = A
PCFICH PCFICH_RB = B
PDCCH PDCCH_RA = A
PDCCH_RB = B
PDSCH PDSCH_RA = A
PDSCH_RB = B
OCNG OCNG_RA = A
OCNG_RB = B
NOTE 1: A= B = 0 dB means no RS boosting.

Table C.3.2-2: Power allocation for OFDM symbols and reference signals

Parameter Unit Value Note

Total transmitted power dBm/15 kHz Test specific 1. shall be kept
spectral density constant throughout all
OFDM symbols

Cell-specific reference Test specific 1. Applies for antenna

signal power ratio port p

3GPP
Release 9 154 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Annex D (normative):
Characteristics of the interfering signal

D.1 General
When the channel band width is wider or equal to 5MHz, a modulated 5MHz full band width E-UTRA down link signal
and CW signal are used as interfering signals when RF performance requirements for E-UTRA UE receiver are defined.
For channel band widths below 5MHz, the band width of modulated interferer should be equal to band width of the
received signal.

D.2 Interference signals

Table D.2-1 describes the modulated interferer for different channel band width options.

Table D.2-1: Description of modulated E-UTRA interferer

Channel bandwidth
1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
BWInterferer 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz
RB 6 15 25 25 25 25

3GPP
Release 9 155 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Annex E (normative):
Environmental conditions

E.1 General
This normative annex specifies the environmental requirements of the UE. Within these limits the requirements of the
present documents shall be fulfilled.

E.2 Environmental
The requirements in this clause apply to all types of UE(s).

E.2.1 Temperature
The UE shall fulfil all the requirements in the full temperature range of:

Table E.2.1-1

+15C to +35C for normal conditions (with relative humidity of 25 % to 75 %)

-10C to +55C for extreme conditions (see IEC publications 68-2-1 and 68-2-2)

Outside this temperature range the UE, if powered on, shall not make ineffective use of the radio frequency spectrum.
In no case shall the UE exceed the transmitted levels as defined in clause 6.2 for extreme operation.

E.2.2 Voltage
The UE shall fulfil all the requirements in the full voltage range, i.e. the voltage range between the extreme voltages.

The manufacturer shall declare the lower and higher extreme voltages and the approximate shutdown voltage. For the
equipment that can be operated from one or more of the power sources listed below, the lower extreme voltage shall not
be higher, and the higher extreme voltage shall not be lower than that specified below.

Table E.2.2-1

Power source Lower extreme Higher extreme Normal conditions

voltage voltage voltage
AC mains 0,9 * nominal 1,1 * nominal nominal
Regulated lead acid battery 0,9 * nominal 1,3 * nominal 1,1 * nominal
Non regulated batteries:
Leclanché 0,85 * nominal Nominal Nominal
Lithium 0,95 * nominal 1,1 * Nominal 1,1 * Nominal
Mercury/nickel & cadmium 0,90 * nominal Nominal

Outside this voltage range the UE if powered on, shall not make ineffective use of the radio frequency spectrum. In no
case shall the UE exceed the transmitted levels as defined in clause 6.2 for extreme operation. In particular, the UE shall
inhibit all RF transmissions when the power supply voltage is below the manufacturer declared shutdown voltage.

3GPP
Release 9 156 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

E.2.3 Vibration
The UE shall fulfil all the requirements when vibrated at the following frequency/amplitudes.

Table E.2.3-1

Frequency ASD (Acceleration Spectral Density) random vibration

5 Hz to 20 Hz 0,96 m2/s3
20 Hz to 500 Hz 0,96 m2/s3 at 20 Hz, thereafter –3 dB/Octave

Outside the specified frequency range the UE, if powered on, shall not make ineffective use of the radio frequency
spectrum. In no case shall the UE exceed the transmitted levels as defined in TS 36.101 for extreme operation.

3GPP
Release 9 157 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Annex F (normative):
Transmit modulation

F.1 Measurement Point

Figure F.1-1 shows the measurement point for the unwanted emission falling into non-allocated RB(s) and the EVM for
the allocated RB(s).

PUSCH DUT Test equipment

modulated
symbols DFT
Tone Tx-Rx chain EVM
IDFT
map equalizer meas.

PUCCH and TX RF
DM-RS 0 IFFT Front--end Channel FFT
correction
In-band PUCCH and
emissions
meas. der DM-RS

0 test after
the IDFT
ispred to
Figure F.1-1: EVM measurement points QPSK
constellati
on points
nal under
test after
the IDFT
F.2 Basic Error Vector Magnitude measurement is not
QPSK
The EVM is the difference between the ideal waveform and the measured waveform for the allocated RB(s)modulated
in
generalEVM
meas.

where

is a set of modulation symbols with the considered modulation scheme being active within the measurement
period,

are the samples of the signal evaluated for the EVM,

is the ideal signal reconstructed by the measurement equipment, and

is the average power of the ideal signal. For normalized modulation symbols is equal to 1.

The basic EVM measurement interval is defined over one slot in the time domain for PUCCH and PUSCH and over one
preamble sequence for the PRACH.

3GPP
Release 9 158 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

F.3 Basic in-band emissions measurement

The in-band emissions are a measure of the interference falling into the non-allocated resources blocks. The in-band
emission requirement is evaluated for PUCCH and PUSCH transmissions. The in-band emission requirement is not
evaluated for PRACH transmissions.

For the non-allocated RBs below the allocated frequency block the in-band emissions would be measured as follows

where

is a set of SC-FDMA symbols with the considered modulation scheme being active within the measurement
period,

is the starting frequency offset between the allocated RB and the measured non-allocated RB (e.g. or
for the first adjacent RB),

(resp. ) is the lower (resp. upper) edge of the UL system BW,

c is the lower edge of the allocated BW, and

is the frequency domain signal evaluated for in-band emissions as defined in the subsection (ii)

The relative in-band emissions are, given by

where

is the number of allocated RBs

The basic in-band emissions measurement interval is defined over one slot in the time domain. When the PUSCH or
PUCCH transmission slot is shortened due to multiplexing with SRS, the in-band emissions measurement interval is
reduced by one SC-FDMA symbol, accordingly.

In the evaluation of in-band emissions, the timing is set according to , where sample time offsets and
are defined in subclause F.4.

F.4 Modified signal under test

Implicit in the definition of EVM is an assumption that the receiver is able to compensate a number of transmitter
impairments.

The PUSCH data or PRACH signal under test is modified and, in the case of PUSCH data signal, decoded according
to::

3GPP
Release 9 159 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

where

is the time domain samples of the signal under test.

The PUCCH or PUSCH demodulation reference signal or PUCCH data signal under test is equalised and, in the case of
PUCCH data signal decoded according to:

where

is the time domain samples of the signal under test.

To minimize the error, the signal under test should be modified with respect to a set of parameters following the
procedure explained below.

Notation:

is the sample timing difference between the FFT processing window in relation to nominal timing of the ideal
signal.

is the RF frequency offset.

is the phase response of the TX chain.

is the amplitude response of the TX chain.

In the following represents the middle sample of the EVM window of length (defined in the next subsections)
or the last sample of the first window half if is even.

The EVM analyser shall

 detect the start of each slot and estimate and ,

 determine so that the EVM window of length is centred

 on the time interval determined by the measured cyclic prefix minus 16 samples of the considered
OFDM symbol for symbol 0 for normal CP, i.e. the first 16 samples of the CP should not be taken
into account for this step. In the determination of the number of excluded samples, a sampling rate of
30.72MHz was assumed. If a different sampling rate is used, the number of excluded samples is
scaled linearly.

 on the measured cyclic prefix of the considered OFDM symbol symbol for symbol 1 to 6 for normal
CP and for symbol 0 to 5 for extended CP.

 on the measured preamble cyclic prefix for the PRACH

To determine the other parameters a sample timing offset equal to is corrected from the signal under test. The
EVM analyser shall then

 correct the RF frequency offset for each time slot, and

 apply an FFT of appropriate size. The chosen FFT size shall ensure that in the case of an ideal signal under test,
there is no measured inter-subcarrier interference.

The IQ origin offset shall be removed from the evaluated signal before calculating the EVM and the in-band emissions;
however, the removed relative IQ origin offset power (relative carrier leakage power) also has to satisfy the applicable
requirement.

At this stage the allocated RBs shall be separated from the non-allocated RBs. In the case of PUCCH and PUSCH
EVM, the signal on the non-allocated RB(s), , is used to evaluate the in-band emissions.

3GPP
Release 9 160 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Moreover, the following procedure applies only to the signal on the allocated RB(s).

- In the case of PUCCH and PUSCH, the UL EVM analyzer shall estimate the TX chain equalizer
coefficients and used by the ZF equalizer for all subcarriers by time averaging at each
signal subcarrier of the amplitude and phase of the reference and data symbols. The time-averaging length
is 1 slot. This process creates an average amplitude and phase for each signal subcarrier used by the ZF
equalizer. The knowledge of data modulation symbols may be required in this step because the
determination of symbols by demodulation is not reliable before signal equalization.

- In the case of PRACH, the UL EVM analyzer shall estimate the TX chain coefficients and
used for phase and amplitude correction and are seleted so as to minimize the resulting EVM. The TX
chain coefficients are not dependent on frequency, i.e. and . The TX
chain coefficient are chosen independently for each preamble transmission and for each .

At this stage estimates of , , and are available. is one of the extremities of the window

, i.e. can be or , where if is odd and if is even. The EVM

analyser shall then

 calculate EVMl with set to ,

 calculate EVMh with set to .

F.5 Window length

F.5.1 Timing offset

As a result of using a cyclic prefix, there is a range of , which, at least in the case of perfect Tx signal quality, would
give close to minimum error vector magnitude. As a first order approximation, that range should be equal to the length
of the cyclic prefix. Any time domain windowing or FIR pulse shaping applied by the transmitter reduces the
range within which the error vector is close to its minimum.

F.5.2 Window length

The window length affects the measured EVM, and is expressed as a function of the configured cyclic prefix length.
In the case where equalization is present, as with frequency domain EVM computation, the effect of FIR is reduced . This is because
the equalization can correct most of the linear distortion introduced by the FIR. However, the time domain windowing
effect can’t be removed.

F.5.3 Window length for normal CP

The table below specifies the EVM window length at channel bandwidths 1.4, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20 MHz, for normal CP. The
nominal window length for 3 MHz is rounded down one sample to allow the window to be centered on the symbol.

3GPP
Release 9 161 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Table F.5.3-1 EVM window length for normal CP

EVM
Cyclic prefix Cyclic prefix Cyclic prefix Ratio of W
Channel window
Nominal for symbols 1 to CP for
Bandwidth length1 for length1 for length W
FFT size to 6 in FFT symbols 1
MHz symbol 0 symbols 1 to 6 in FFT
samples to 6 2
samples
1.4 128 9 [5] [55.6]
3 256 18 [12] [66.7]
5 512 36 [32] [88.9]
160 144
10 1024 72 [66] [91.7]
15 1536 108 [102] [94.4]
20 2048 144 [136] [94.4]
Note 1: The unit is number of samples, sampling rate of 30.72MHz is assumed.
Note 2: These percentages are informative and apply to symbols 1 through 6. Symbol 0 has a longer CP
and therefore a lower percentage.

F.5.4 Window length for Extended CP

The table below specifies the EVM window length at channel bandwidths 1.4, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20 MHz, for extended CP.
The nominal window lengths for 3 MHz and 15 MHz are rounded down one sample to allow the window to be centered
on the symbol.

Table F.5.4-1 EVM window length for extended CP

EVM
Cyclic Cyclic
Channel window
prefix Nominal prefix in Ratio of W
Bandwidth length W
FFT size FFT to CP 2
MHz length1 in FFT
samples
samples
1.4 128 32 [28] [87.5]
3 256 64 [58] [90.6]
5 512 128 [124] [96.9]
512
10 1024 256 [250] [97.4]
15 1536 384 [374] [97.4]
20 2048 512 [504] [98.4]
Note 1: The unit is number of samples, sampling rate of 30.72MHz is assumed.
Note 2: These percentages are informative

F.5.4 Window length for PRACH

The table below specifies the EVM window length for PRACH preamble formats 0-4.

Table F.5.5-1 EVM window length for PRACH

Cyclic EVM window

Preamble prefix Nominal Ratio of W
length W in
format FFT size2 to CP*
length1 FFT samples
0 3168 24576 [TBD] [TBD]
1 21024 24576 [TBD] [TBD]
2 6240 49152 [TBD] [TBD]
3 21024 49152 [TBD] [TBD]
4 448 4096 [TBD] [TBD]
Note 1: The unit is number of samples, sampling rate of 30.72MHz is
assumed
Note 2: The use of other FFT sizes is possible as long as appropriate
scaling of the window length is applied
Note 3: These percentages are informative

3GPP
Release 9 162 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

F.6 Averaged EVM

The general EVM is averaged over basic EVM measurements for 20 slots in the time domain.

The EVM requirements shall be tested against the maximum of the RMS average at the window W extremities of the
EVM measurements:

Thus is calculated using in the expressions above and is calculated using .

Thus we get:

The calculation of the EVM for the demodulation reference signal, , follows the same procedure as
calculating the general EVM, with the exception that the modulation symbol set defined in clause F.2 is restricted
to symbols containing uplink demodulation reference signals.

The basic measurements are first averaged over 20 slots in the time domain to obtain an intermediate
average .

In the determination of each EVM DMRS , i , the timing is set to if , and it is set to
otherwise, where and are the general average EVM values calculated in the same 20 slots
over which the intermediate average is calculated. Note that in some cases, the general average EVM may
be calculated only for the purpose of timing selection for the demodulation reference signal EVM.

Then the results are further averaged to get the EVM for the demodulation reference signal, ,

The PRACH EVM, , is averaged over two preamble sequence measurements for preamble formats 0, 1, 2,
3, and it is averaged over 10 preamble sequence measurements for preamble format 4.

The EVM requirements shall be tested against the maximum of the RMS average at the window W extremities of the
EVM measurements:

Thus is calculated using and is calculated using .

Thus we get:

F.7 Spectrum Flatness

The data for the subcarrier output power shall be taken from the equaliser estimation step.

3GPP
Release 9 163 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Annex G (informative):
Change history
Table G.1: Change History

3GPP
Release 9 164 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

Date TSG# TSG CR Subject Old New

Doc.
11-2007 R4#45 R4- TS36.101V0.1.0 approved by RAN4 -
72206
12-2007 RP#38 RP- Approved version at TSG RAN #38 1.0. 8.0.0
070979 0
03-2008 RP#39 RP- 3 TS36.101 - Combined updates of E-UTRA UE requirements 8.0. 8.1.0
080123 0
05-2008 RP#40 RP- 4 TS36.101 - Combined updates of E-UTRA UE requirements 8.1. 8.2.0
080325 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 5r1 Addition of Ref Sens figures for 1.4MHz and 3MHz Channel 8.2. 8.3.0
080638 bandwiidths 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 7r1 Transmitter intermodulation requirements 8.2. 8.3.0
080638 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 10 CR for clarification of additional spurious emission requirement 8.2. 8.3.0
080638 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 15 Correction of In-band Blocking Requirement 8.2. 8.3.0
080638 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 18r1 TS36.101: CR for section 6: NS_06 8.2. 8.3.0
080638 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 19r1 TS36.101: CR for section 6: Tx modulation 8.2. 8.3.0
080638 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 20r1 TS36.101: CR for UE minimum power 8.2. 8.3.0
080638 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 21r1 TS36.101: CR for UE OFF power 8.2. 8.3.0
080638 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 24r1 TS36.101: CR for section 7: Band 13 Rx sensitivity 8.2. 8.3.0
080638 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 26 UE EVM Windowing 8.2. 8.3.0
080638 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 29 Absolute ACLR limit 8.2. 8.3.0
080638 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 23r2 TS36.101: CR for section 6: UE to UE co-existence 8.2. 8.3.0
080731 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 30 Removal of [ ] for UE Ref Sens figures 8.2. 8.3.0
080731 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 31 Correction of PA, PB definition to align with RAN1 specification 8.2. 8.3.0
080731 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 37r2 UE Spurious emission band UE co-existence 8.2. 8.3.0
080731 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 44 Definition of specified bandwidths 8.2. 8.3.0
080731 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 48r3 Addition of Band 17 8.2. 8.3.0
080731 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 50 Alignment of the UE ACS requirement 8.2. 8.3.0
080731 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 52r1 Frequency range for Band 12 8.2. 8.3.0
080731 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 54r1 Absolute power tolerance for LTE UE power control 8.2. 8.3.0
080731 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 55 TS36.101 section 6: Tx modulation 8.2. 8.3.0
080731 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 6r2 DL FRC definition for UE Receiver tests 8.2. 8.3.0
080732 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 46 Additional UE demodulation test cases 8.2. 8.3.0
080732 0

3GPP
Release 9 165 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

09-2008 RP#41 RP- 47 Updated descriptions of FRC 8.2. 8.3.0

080732 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 49 Definition of UE transmission gap 8.2. 8.3.0
080732 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 51 Clarification on High Speed train model in 36.101 8.2. 8.3.0
080732 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 53 Update of symbol and definitions 8.2. 8.3.0
080732 0
09-2008 RP#41 RP- 56 Addition of MIMO (4x2) and (4x4) Correlation Matrices 8.2. 8.3.0
080743 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 94r2 CR TX RX channel frequency separation 8.3. 8.4.0
080908 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 105r UE Maximum output power for Band 13 8.3. 8.4.0
080909 1 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 60 UL EVM equalizer definition 8.3. 8.4.0
080909 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 63 Correction of UE spurious emissions 8.3. 8.4.0
080909 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 66 Clarification for UE additional spurious emissions 8.3. 8.4.0
080909 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 72 Introducing ACLR requirement for coexistance with UTRA 1.6MHZ 8.3. 8.4.0
080909 channel from 36.803 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 75 Removal of [] from Section 6 transmitter characteristcs 8.3. 8.4.0
080909 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 81 Clarification for PHS band protection 8.3. 8.4.0
080909 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 101 Alignement for the measurement interval for transmit signal quality 8.3. 8.4.0
080909 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 98r1 Maximum power 8.3. 8.4.0
080909 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 57r1 CR UE spectrum flatness 8.3. 8.4.0
080909 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 71r1 UE in-band emission 8.3. 8.4.0
080909 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 58r1 CR Number of TX exceptions 8.3. 8.4.0
080909 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 99r2 CR UE output power dynamic 8.3. 8.4.0
080951 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 79r1 LTE UE transmitter intermodulation 8.3. 8.4.0
080951 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 91 Update of Clause 8 8.3. 8.4.0
080910 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 106r Structure of Clause 9 including CSI requirements for PUCCH mode 1- 8.3. 8.4.0
080950 1 0 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 59 CR UE ACS test frequency offset 8.3. 8.4.0
080911 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 65 Correction of spurious response parameters 8.3. 8.4.0
080911 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 80 Removal of LTE UE narrowband intermodulation 8.3. 8.4.0
080911 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 90r1 Introduction of Maximum Sensitivity Degradation 8.3. 8.4.0
080911 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 103 Removal of [] from Section 7 Receiver characteristic 8.3. 8.4.0
080911 0

3GPP
Release 9 166 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

12-2008 RP#42 RP- 62 Alignement of TB size n Ref Meas channel for RX characteristics 8.3. 8.4.0
080912 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 78 TDD Reference Measurement channel for RX characterisctics 8.3. 8.4.0
080912 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 73r1 Addition of 64QAM DL referenbce measurement channel 8.3. 8.4.0
080912 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 74r1 Addition of UL Reference Measurement Channels 8.3. 8.4.0
080912 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 104 Reference measurement channels for PDSCH performance 8.3. 8.4.0
080912 requirements (TDD) 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 68 MIMO Correlation Matrix Corrections 8.3. 8.4.0
080913 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 67 Correction to the figure with the Transmission Bandwidth configuration 8.3. 8.4.0
080915 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 77 Modification to EARFCN 8.3. 8.4.0
080916 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 85r1 New Clause 5 outline 8.3. 8.4.0
080917 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 102 Introduction of Bands 12 and 17 in 36.101 8.3. 8.4.0
080919 0
12-2008 RP#42 RP- 84r1 Clarification of HST propagation conditions 8.3. 8.4.0
080927 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 156r A-MPR table for NS_07 8.4. 8.5.0
090170 2 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 170 Corrections of references (References to tables and figures) 8.4. 8.5.0
090170 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 108 Removal of [ ] from Transmitter Intermodulation 8.4. 8.5.0
090170 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 155 E-UTRA ACLR for below 5 MHz bandwidths 8.4. 8.5.0
090170 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 116 Clarification of PHS band including the future plan 8.4. 8.5.0
090170 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 119 Spectrum emission mask for 1.4 MHz and 3 MHz bandwidhts 8.4. 8.5.0
090170 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 120 Removal of “Out-of-synchronization handling of output power” heading 8.4. 8.5.0
090170 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 126 UE uplink power control 8.4. 8.5.0
090170 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 128 Transmission BW Configuration 8.4. 8.5.0
090170 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 130 Spectrum flatness 8.4. 8.5.0
090170 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 132r PUCCH EVM 8.4. 8.5.0
090170 2 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 134 UL DM-RS EVM 8.4. 8.5.0
090170 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 140 Removal of ACLR2bis requirements 8.4. 8.5.0
090170 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 113 In-band blocking 8.4. 8.5.0
090171 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 127 In-band blocking and sensitivity requirement for band 17 8.4. 8.5.0
090171 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 137r Wide band intermodulation 8.4. 8.5.0
090171 1 0

3GPP
Release 9 167 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

03-2009 RP#43 RP- 141 Correction of reference sensitivity power level of Band 9 8.4. 8.5.0
090171 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 109 AWGN level for UE DL demodulation performance tests 8.4. 8.5.0
090172 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 124 Update of Clause 8: additional test cases 8.4. 8.5.0
090172 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 139r Performance requirement structure for TDD PDSCH 8.4. 8.5.0
090172 1 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 142r Performance requirements and reference measurement channels for 8.4. 8.5.0
090172 1 TDD PDSCH demodulation with UE-specific reference symbols 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 145 Number of information bits in DwPTS 8.4. 8.5.0
090172 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 160r MBSFN-Unicast demodulation test case 8.4. 8.5.0
090172 1 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 163r MBSFN-Unicast demodulation test case for TDD 8.4. 8.5.0
090172 1 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 162 Clarification of EARFCN for 36.101 8.4. 8.5.0
090173 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 110 Correction to UL Reference Measurement Channel 8.4. 8.5.0
090369 0
03-2009 RP#43 RP- 114 Addition of MIMO (4x4, medium) Correlation Matrix 8.4. 8.5.0
090369 0

03-2009 RP#43 RP- 121 Correction of 36.101 DL RMC table notes 8.4. 8.5.0
090369 0

03-2009 RP#43 RP- 125 Update of Clause 9 8.4. 8.5.0

090369 0

03-2009 RP#43 RP- 138r Clarification on OCNG 8.4. 8.5.0

090369 1 0

03-2009 RP#43 RP- 161 CQI reference measurement channels 8.4. 8.5.0
090369 0

03-2009 RP#43 RP- 164 PUCCH 1-1 Static Test Case 8.4. 8.5.0
090369 0

03-2009 RP#43 RP- 111 Reference Measurement Channel for TDD 8.4. 8.5.0
090369 0

03-2009 RP#44 Editorial correction in Table 6.2.4-1 8.5. 8.5.1

0
05-2009 RP#44 RP- 167 Boundary between E-UTRA fOOB and spurious emission domain for 8.5. 8.6.0
090540 1.4 MHz and 3 MHz bandwiths. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis 1
- R4-091205)

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 168 EARFCN correction for TDD DL bands. (Technically Endorsed CR in 8.5. 8.6.0
090540 R4-50bis - R4-091206) 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 169 Editorial correction to in-band blocking table. (Technically Endorsed 8.5. 8.6.0
090540 CR in R4-50bis - R4-091238) 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 171 CR PRACH EVM. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R4-091308) 8.5. 8.6.0
090540 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 172 CR EVM correction. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R4- 8.5. 8.6.0
090540 091309) 1

3GPP
Release 9 168 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 177 CR power control accuracy. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - 8.5. 8.6.0
090540 R4-091418) 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 179 Correction of SRS requirements. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4- 8.5. 8.6.0
090540 50bis - R4-091426) 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 186 Clarification for EVM. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R4- 8.5. 8.6.0
090540 091512) 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 187 Removal of [ ] from band 17 Refsens values and ACS offset 8.5. 8.6.0
090540 frequencies 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 191 Completion of band17 requirements 8.5. 8.6.0

090540 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 192 Removal of 1.4 MHz and 3 MHz bandwidths from bands 13, 14 and 8.5. 8.6.0
090540 17. 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 223 CR: 64 QAM EVM 8.5. 8.6.0

090540 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 201 CR In-band emissions 8.5. 8.6.0

090540 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 203 CR EVM exclusion period 8.5. 8.6.0

090540 1

3GPP
Release 9 169 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 204 CR In-band emissions timing 8.5. 8.6.0

090540 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 206 CR Minimum Rx exceptions 8.5. 8.6.0

090540 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 207 CR UL DM-RS EVM 8.5. 8.6.0

090540 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 218r A-MPR table for NS_07 8.5. 8.6.0
090540 1 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 205r CR In-band emissions in shortened subframes 8.5. 8.6.0
090540 1 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 200r CR PUCCH EVM 8.5. 8.6.0

090540 1 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 178r No additional emission mask indication. (Technically Endorsed CR in 8.5. 8.6.0
090540 2 R4-50bis - R4-091421) 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 220r Spectrum emission requirements for band 13 8.5. 8.6.0
090540 1 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 197r CR on aggregate power tolerance 8.5. 8.6.0

090540 2 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 196r CR: Rx IP2 performance 8.5. 8.6.0

090540 2 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 198r Maximum output power relaxation 8.5. 8.6.0
090541 1 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 166 Update of performance requirement for TDD PDSCH with MBSFN 8.5. 8.6.0
090542 configuration. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R4-091180) 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 175 Adding AWGN levels for some TDD DL performance requirements. 8.5. 8.6.0
090542 (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R4-091406) 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 182 OCNG Patterns for Single Resource Block FRC Requirements. 8.5. 8.6.0
090542 (Technically Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R4-091504) 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 170r Update of Clause 8: PHICH and PMI delay. (Technically Endorsed CR 8.5. 8.6.0
090542 1 in R4-50bis - R4-091275) 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 183 Requirements for frequency-selective fading test. (Technically 8.5. 8.6.0
090543 Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R4-091505) 1

3GPP
Release 9 170 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 199 CQI requirements under AWGN conditions 8.5. 8.6.0
090543 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 188r Adaptation of UL-RMC-s for supporting more UE categories 8.5. 8.6.0
090543 1 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 193r Correction of the LTE UE downlink reference measurement channels 8.5. 8.6.0
090543 1 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 184r Requirements for frequency non-selective fading tests. (Technically 8.5. 8.6.0
090543 1 Endorsed CR in R4-50bis - R4-091506) 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 185r Requirements for PMI reporting. (Technically Endorsed CR in R4- 8.5. 8.6.0
090543 1 50bis - R4-091510) 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 221r Correction to DL RMC-s for Maximum input level for supporting more 8.5. 8.6.0
090543 1 UE-Categories 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 216 Addition of 15 MHz and 20 MHz bandwidths into band 38 8.5. 8.6.0
090543 1

05-2009 RP#44 RP- 180 Introduction of Extended LTE800 requirements. (Technically Endorsed 8.6. 9.0.0
090559 CR in R4-50bis - R4-091432) 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 239 A-MPR for Band 19 9.0. 9.1.0

090826 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 225 LTE UTRA ACLR1 centre frequency definition for 1.4 and 3 MHz BW 9.0. 9.1.0
090822 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 227 Harmonization of text for LTE Carrier leakage 9.0. 9.1.0
090822 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 229 Sensitivity requirements for Band 38 15 MHz and 20 MHz bandwidths 9.0. 9.1.0
090822 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 236 Operating band edge relaxation of maximum output power for Band 18 9.0. 9.1.0
090822 and 19 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 238 Addition of 5MHz channel bandwidth for Band 40 9.0. 9.1.0
090822 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 245 Removal of unnecessary requirements for 1.4 and 3 MHz bandwidths 9.0. 9.1.0
090822 on bands 13 and 17 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 261 Correction of LTE UE ACS test parameter 9.0. 9.1.0
090877 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 263 Correction of LTE UE ACLR test parameter 9.0. 9.1.0
090877 R1 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 286 Uplink power and RB allocation for receiver tests 9.0. 9.1.0
090877 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 320 CR Sensitivity relaxation for small BW 9.0. 9.1.0
090877 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 324 Correction of Band 3 spurious emission band UE co-existence 9.0. 9.1.0
090877 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 249 CR Pcmax definition (working assumption) 9.0. 9.1.0
R1

3GPP
Release 9 171 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

090877 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 330 Spectrum flatness clarification 9.0. 9.1.0

090877 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 332 Transmit power: removal of TC and modification of REFSENS note 9.0. 9.1.0
090877 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 282 Additional SRS relative power requirement and update of 9.0. 9.1.0
090877 R1 measurement definition 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 284 Power range applicable for relative tolerance 9.0. 9.1.0
090877 R1 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 233 TDD UL/DL configurations for CQI reporting 9.0. 9.1.0
090878 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 235 Further clarification on CQI test configurations 9.0. 9.1.0
090878 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 243 Corrections to UL- and DL-RMC-s 9.0. 9.1.0
090878 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 247 Reference measurement channel for multiple PMI requirements 9.0. 9.1.0
090878 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 290 CQI reporting test for a scenario with frequency-selective interference 9.0. 9.1.0
090878 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 265 CQI reference measurement channels 9.0. 9.1.0
090878 R2 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 321 CR RI Test 9.0. 9.1.0

090878 R1 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 231 Correction of parameters for demodulation performance requirement 9.0. 9.1.0
090875 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 241 UE categories for performance tests and correction to RMC references 9.0. 9.1.0
090875 R1 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 333 Clarification of Ês definition in the demodulation requirement 9.0. 9.1.0
090875 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 326 Editorial corrections and updates to PHICH PBCH test cases. 9.0. 9.1.0
090875 0

09-2009 RP#45 RP- 259 Test case numbering in section 8 Performance tests 9.0. 9.1.0
090875 R3 0

12-2009 RP- Test case numbering in TDD PDSCH performance test (Technically 9.1.
RP-46 091264 335 endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R4-093523) 0 9.2.0
12-2009 RP- Adding beamforming model for user-specfic reference signal 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091261 337 (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R4-093525) 0
12-2009 RP- 339 Adding redundancy sequences to PMI test (Technically endorsed at 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091263 R1 RAN 4 52bis in R4-093581) 0
12-2009 RP- Throughput value correction at FRC for Maximum input level 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091264 341 (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R4-093660) 0
12-2009 RP- Correction to the modulated E-UTRA interferer (Technically endorsed 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091261 343 at RAN 4 52bis in R4-093662) 0
12-2009 RP- 345 OCNG: Patterns and present use in tests (Technically endorsed at 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091264 R1 RAN 4 52bis in R4-093664) 0
12-2009 RP- OCNG: Use in receiver and performance tests (Technically endorsed 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091264 347 at RAN 4 52bis in R4-093666) 0

3GPP
Release 9 172 3GPP TS 36.101 V9.2.0 (2009-12)

12-2009 RP- Miscellaneous corrections on CSI requirements (Technically endorsed 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091263 349 at RAN 4 52bis in R4-093676) 0
12-2009 RP- Removal of RLC modes (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in R4- 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091261 351 093677) 0
12-2009 RP- CR Rx diversity requirement (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091261 353 R4-093703) 0
12-2009 RP- A-MPR notation in NS_07 (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091261 355 R4-093706) 0
12-2009 RP- Single- and multi-PMI requirements (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091263 359 52bis in R4-093846) 0
12-2009 RP- CQI reference measurement channel (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091263 363 52bis in R4-093970) 0
12-2009 RP- LTE MBSFN Channel Model (Technically endorsed at RAN 4 52bis in 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091292 364 R4-094020) 0
12-2009 RP- Numbering of PDSCH (User-Specific Reference Symbols) 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091264 367 Demodulation Tests 0
12-2009 RP- 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091264 369 Numbering of PDCCH/PCFICH, PHICH, PBCH Demod Tests 0
12-2009 RP- 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091261 371 Remove [ ] from Reference Measurement Channels in Annex A 0
12-2009 RP- 373 Corrections to RMC-s for Maximum input level test for low UE 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091264 R1 categories 0
12-2009 RP- 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091261 377 Correction of UE-category for R.30 0
12-2009 RP- 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091286 378 Introduction of Extended LTE1500 requirements for TS36.101 0
12-2009 RP- CR: Removal of 1.4 MHz and 3 MHz channel bandwidths from 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091262 384 additional spurious emissions requirements for Band 1 PHS protection 0
12-2009 RP- 386 Clarification of measurement conditions of spurious emission 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091262 R3 requirements at the edge of spurious domain 0
12-2009 RP- 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091262 390 Spurious emission table correction for TDD bands 33 and 38. 0
12-2009 RP- 392 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091262 R2 36.101 Symbols and abreviations for Pcmax 0
12-2009 RP- 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091262 394 UTRAACLR1 requirement definition for 1.4 and 3 MHz BW completed 0
12-2009 RP- 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091263 396 Introduction of the ACK/NACK feedback modes for TDD requirements 0
12-2009 RP- 404 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091262 R3 CR Power control exception R8 0
12-2009 RP- 416 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091262 R1 Relative power tolerance: special case for receiver tests 0
12-2009 RP- 420 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091263 R1 CSI reporting: test configuration for CQI fading requirements 0
12-2009 RP- 421 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091284 R1 Inclusion of Band 20 UE RF parameters 0
12-2009 RP- Editorial corrections and updates to Clause 8.2.1 FDD demodulation 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091264 425 test cases 0
12-2009 RP- 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091262 427 CR: time mask 0
12-2009 RP- Correction of the payload size for PDCCH/PCFICH performance 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091264 430 requirements 0
12-2009 RP- 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091263 432 Transport format and test point updates to RI reporting test cases 0
12-2009 RP- Transport format and test setup updates to frequency-selective 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091263 434 interference CQI tests 0
12-2009 RP- 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091263 436 CR RI reporting configuration in PUCCH 1-1 test 0
12-2009 RP- 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091261 438 Addition of R.11-1 TDD references 0
12-2009 RP- 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091292 439 Performance requirements for LTE MBMS 0
12-2009 RP- 442 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091262 R1 In Band Emissions Requirements Correction CR 0
12-2009 RP- 444 9.1. 9.2.0
RP-46 091262 R1 PCMAX definition 0

3GPP